Evans Bancorp (EVBN) 10-K 2011 FY Annual report

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2011

[    ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to            

Commission file number:001-35021

EVANS BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York	16-1332767
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

14-16 North Main Street, Angola, New York	14006
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(716) 926-2000

Registrant’s telephone number (including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, Par Value $.50 per share	NYSE-Amex

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes                                No          X      

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes                                 No          X      

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes          X                     No                      

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes          X                     No                      

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [    ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	___	Accelerated filer	___
Non-accelerated filer	___	Smaller reporting company	X
(do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes                                No          X      

On June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $40.6 million, based upon the closing sale price of a share of the registrant’s common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market.

As of March 1, 2012, 4,128,905 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

Page 1 of 137

Exhibit Index on Page 117

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held on April 26, 2012, which will be subsequently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX

PART I
		Page
Item 1.	BUSINESS	5
Item 1A.	RISK FACTORS	15
Item 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	20
Item 2.	PROPERTIES	20
Item 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	20
Item 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	20
PART II
Item 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	20
Item 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	23
Item 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	23
Item 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	55
Item 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	56
Item 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	112
Item 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	112
Item 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	112
PART III
Item 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND
	CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	113
Item 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	113
Item 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	113

3

		Page
Item 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	113
Item 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	113
PART IV
Item 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	114
	SIGNATURES	115

4

PART I

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. When used in this report, or in the documents incorporated by reference herein, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “seek,” “goal,” and similar expressions identify such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements regarding the business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies of Evans Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), statements regarding the asset quality of the Company’s loan and investment portfolios, and estimates of the Company’s risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based largely on the expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to: general economic conditions, either nationally or in the Company’s market areas, that are worse than expected; increased competition among depository or other financial institutions; inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce the Company’s margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments; changes in laws or government regulations affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements; the Company’s ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; the Company’s ability to successfully integrate acquired entities; changes in accounting pronouncements and practices, as adopted by financial institution regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits; changes in the Company’s organization, compensation and benefit plans; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K including the risk factors described in Item 1A, as well as in the Company’s periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Many of these factors are beyond the Company’s control and are difficult to predict.

Because of these and other uncertainties, the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-looking information, whether as a result of new, updated information, future events or otherwise.

Item 1.    BUSINESS

EVANS BANCORP, INC.

Evans Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a New York business corporation which is registered as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). The principal offices of the Company are located at 14-16 North Main Street, Angola, NY 14006 and its telephone number is (716) 926-2000. The Company’s administrative office is located at One Grimsby Drive in Hamburg, NY. This facility is occupied by the Office of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as well as the Administrative and Loan Divisions of Evans Bank. The Company was incorporated on October 28, 1988, but the continuity of its banking business is traced to the organization of the Evans National Bank of Angola on January 20, 1920. Except as the context otherwise requires, the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are collectively referred to in this report as the “Company.” The Company’s common stock is traded on NYSE-Amex under the symbol “EVBN.”

At December 31, 2011, the Company had consolidated total assets of $740.9 million, deposits of $616.2 million and stockholders’ equity of $69.0 million.

The Company’s primary business is the operation of its subsidiaries. It does not engage in any other substantial business activities. The Company has two direct wholly-owned subsidiaries: (1) Evans Bank, N.A. (“Evans Bank” or the “Bank”), which provides a full range of banking services to consumer and commercial customers in Western New York; and (2) Evans National Financial Services, LLC (“ENFS”), which owns 100% of the membership interests in The Evans Agency, LLC (“TEA”), which sells various premium-based insurance policies on a commission basis. At December 31, 2011, the Bank represented 98.7% and ENFS represented 1.3% of the consolidated assets of the Company. Further discussion of our segments is included in Note 18 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

5

Evans Bank

The Bank is a nationally chartered bank that has its headquarters and a full-service banking office at 14 North Main Street, Angola, NY, and a total of 13 full-service banking offices in Erie County and Chautauqua County, NY.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank had total assets of $730.9 million, investment securities of $103.8 million, net loans of $571.9 million, deposits of $616.2 million and stockholders’ equity of $61.0 million, compared to total assets of $660.6 million, investment securities of $89.6 million, net loans of $517.6 million, deposits of $544.5 million and stockholders’ equity of $56.0 million at December 31, 2010. The Bank offers deposit products, which include checking and NOW accounts, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit, as its principal source of funding. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to the maximum permitted by the Bank Insurance Fund (the “Insurance Fund”) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank offers a variety of loan products to its customers, including commercial and consumer loans and commercial and residential mortgage loans.

As is the case with banking institutions generally, the Bank’s operations are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of banking regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) and FDIC. The Bank is also subject to the supervision, regulation and examination of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States of America (the “OCC”).

The Evans Agency, LLC

TEA, a retail property and casualty insurance agency, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ENFS. TEA is headquartered in Angola, NY, with offices located throughout Western New York. TEA is a full-service insurance agency offering personal, commercial and financial services products. For the year ended December 31, 2011, TEA had total revenue of $6.9 million.

TEA’s primary market area is Erie, Chautauqua, Cattaraugus and Niagara counties. Most lines of personal insurance are provided, including automobile, homeowners, boat, recreational vehicle, landlord, and umbrella coverage. Commercial insurance products are also provided, consisting of property, liability, automobile, inland marine, workers compensation, bonds, crop and umbrella insurance. TEA also provides the following financial services products: life and disability insurance, Medicare supplements, long term care, annuities, mutual funds, retirement programs and New York State Disability.

Other Subsidiaries

In addition to the Bank and TEA, the Company has the following direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries:

Evans National Leasing, Inc. (“ENL”). ENL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, provided direct financing leasing of commercial small-ticket general business equipment to companies located throughout the contiguous 48 United States. The Company announced in April 2009 that it was exiting the leasing business. After attempting to sell the leasing portfolio, management decided to service it through to maturity, anticipated to be in approximately 2014.

Evans National Holding Corp. (“ENHC”). ENHC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, operates as a real estate investment trust that holds commercial real estate loans and residential mortgages, providing additional flexibility and planning opportunities for the business of the Bank.

Suchak Data Systems, LLC (“SDS”). SDS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, serves the data processing needs of financial institutions with customized solutions and consulting services. SDS hosts the Bank’s core and primary banking systems and provides product development and programming services. SDS’s products and services for its other customers include online banking systems, check imaging, item processing, and automated teller machine (“ATM”) services.

Evans National Financial Services, LLC (“ENFS”). ENFS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. ENFS’s primary business is to own the business and assets of the Company’s non-banking financial services subsidiaries.

ENB Associates Inc. (“ENBA”). ENBA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TEA, offers non-deposit investment products, such as annuities and mutual funds.

Frontier Claims Services, Inc. (“FCS”). FCS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TEA and provides claims adjusting services to various insurance companies.

6

The Company also has two special purpose entities: Evans Capital Trust I, a statutory trust formed on September 29, 2004 under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, solely for the purpose of issuing and selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trust, investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Company and engaging in those activities necessary, advisable or incidental thereto; and ENB Employers Insurance Trust, a Delaware trust company formed in February 2003 for the sole purpose of holding life insurance policies under the Bank’s bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) program.

The Company operates in two operating segments – banking activities and insurance agency activities. See Note 18 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on the Company’s operating segments.

MARKET AREA

The Company’s primary market area is Erie County, Niagara County, northern Chautauqua County and northwestern Cattaraugus County, NY. This primary market area is the area where the Bank principally receives deposits and makes loans and TEA sells insurance. Even though ENL conducts business outside of this defined market area, this activity is not deemed to expand the Company’s primary market.

MARKET RISK

For information about, and a discussion of, the Company’s “Market Risk,” see Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Market Risk” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

COMPETITION

All phases of the Company’s business are highly competitive. The Company competes actively with local, regional and national financial institutions, as well as with bank branches and insurance agency offices in the Company’s primary market area of Erie County, Niagara County, northern Chautauqua County, and northwestern Cattaraugus County, NY. These Western New York counties have a high density of financial institutions, many of which are significantly larger and have greater financial resources than the Company. The Company faces competition for loans and deposits from other commercial banks, savings banks, internet banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, insurance companies and other financial services companies. The Company faces additional competition for deposits and insurance business from non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms, and insurance companies and brokerages. In the personal insurance area, the majority of TEA’s competition comes from direct writers, as well as some small local agencies located in the same towns and villages in which TEA has offices. In the commercial business segment, the majority of the competition comes from larger agencies located in and around Buffalo, NY. By offering the large number of carriers which it has available to its customers, TEA has attempted to remain competitive in all aspects of its business.

As an approximate indication of the Company’s competitive position, in Erie County, NY, where 12 of the Company’s 13 banking offices are located, the Bank had the sixth most deposits according to the FDIC’s annual deposit market share report as of June 30, 2011 with 2.3% of the total market’s deposits of $23.7 billion. By comparison, the market leaders, M&T Bank and First Niagara Financial Group, have 56.4% of the county’s deposits combined. (These figures are pro forma, assuming the completion of the announced sale of HSBC USA deposits to First Niagara and KeyCorp.) The Company attempts to be generally competitive with all financial institutions in its service area with respect to interest rates paid on time and savings deposits, service charges on deposit accounts, and interest rates charged on loans.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state laws and regulations that are intended to protect depositors and investors. Because the Company is a public company with shares traded on the NYSE-Amex, it is subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as the listing standards required by NYSE-Amex. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Any change in the applicable law or regulation, or a change in the way such laws or regulations are interpreted by regulatory agencies or courts, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Bank Holding Company Regulation (BHCA)

As a financial holding company registered under the BHCA, the Company and its non-banking subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision under the BHCA by the FRB. The FRB requires periodic reports from the Company, and

7

is authorized by the BHCA to make regular examinations of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under Regulation Y, a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary banks and must not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner.

The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of, or direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of, a bank or bank holding company. The FRB will not approve any acquisition, merger or consolidation that would have a substantial anti-competitive result, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are outweighed by a greater public interest in meeting the needs and convenience of the public.

The FRB also considers managerial, capital and other financial factors in acting on acquisition or merger applications. A bank holding company may not engage in, or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in any non-banking activity, unless such activity has been determined by the FRB to be closely related to banking or managing banks. The FRB has identified by regulation various non-banking activities in which a bank holding company may engage with notice to, or prior approval by, the FRB.

The FRB has enforcement powers over financial holding companies and their subsidiaries, among other things, to interdict activities that represent unsafe or unsound practices or constitute violations of law, rule, regulation, administrative orders, or written agreements with a federal bank regulator. These powers may be exercised through the issuance of cease and desist orders, civil monetary penalties or other actions.

Bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks are also subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). Under the terms of the CRA, the FRB (or other appropriate bank regulatory agency, in the case of the Bank, the OCC) is required, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess such bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by that bank, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. Furthermore, such assessment is taken into account in evaluating any application made by a bank holding company or a bank for, among other things, approval of a branch or other deposit facility, office relocation, a merger or an acquisition of bank shares.

Supervision and Regulation of Bank Subsidiaries

The Bank is a nationally chartered banking corporation subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the FRB, the FDIC and the OCC. These regulators have the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound practices,” require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, direct an increase in capital, restrict the growth of a bank, assess civil monetary penalties, and remove a bank’s officers and directors.

The operations of the Bank are subject to numerous statutes and regulations. Such statutes and regulations relate to required reserves against deposits, investments, loans, mergers and consolidations, issuance of securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches, and other aspects of the Bank’s operations. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of the Bank, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit and equal credit, fair credit reporting, and privacy of non-public financial information.

The Bank is subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W there under, which govern certain transactions, such as loans, extensions of credit, investments and purchases of assets between member banks and their affiliates, including their parent holding companies. These restrictions limit the transfer from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, of funds to the Company in the form of loans, extensions of credit, investments or purchases of assets (collectively, “Transfers”), and they require that the Bank’s transactions with the Company be on terms no less favorable to the Bank than comparable transactions between the Bank and unrelated third parties. Transfers by the Bank to any affiliate (including the Company) are limited in amount to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus, and transfers to all affiliates are limited in the aggregate to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of credit are also subject to various collateral requirements. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including funds for acquisitions, and the payment of dividends, interest and operating expenses.

The Bank is prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services. For example, the Bank may not generally require a customer to obtain other services from the Bank or the Company, and may not require the customer to promise not to obtain other services from a competitor as a condition to an extension of credit. The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal stockholders or any related interest of such persons. Extensions of credit: (i) must be made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and

8

collateral) as those prevailing at the time for, and following credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those applicable to, comparable transactions with persons not covered above and who are not employees, and (ii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. The Bank is also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to such persons. A violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties on the Bank or any officer, director, employee, agent or other person participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank or the imposition of a cease and desist order.

As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It may also prohibit an insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the FDIC. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against insured institutions. The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC.

The FDIC has adopted a risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based on their examination ratings and capital ratios. In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), a mixed-ownership Federal government corporation established to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The current annualized assessment rate is 0.66 basis points, or approximately 0.165 basis points per quarter. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the deposit insurance assessment base was redefined in 2011 to reflect consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. The result is that larger financial institutions, which have more assets leveraged with non-deposit wholesale funds, generally have paid a greater percentage of the aggregate insurance assessment and smaller banks, including the Bank, have paid less.

Regulations promulgated by the FDIC pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 place limitations on the ability of certain insured depository institutions to accept, renew or rollover deposits by offering rates of interest which are significantly higher than the prevailing rates of interest on deposits offered by other depository institutions having the same type of charter in such depository institutions’ normal market area. Under these regulations, well-capitalized institutions may accept, renew or rollover such deposits without restriction, while adequately capitalized institutions may accept, renew or rollover such deposits with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to certain restrictions on payment of rates). Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or rollover such deposits.

Under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, a depository institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with: (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution, or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured institution in danger of default. “Default” is defined generally as the appointment of a conservator or receiver, and “in danger of default” is defined generally as the existence of certain conditions indicating that, in the opinion of the appropriate banking agency, a “default” is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.

In addition to the forgoing, federal regulators have adopted regulations and examination procedures promoting the safety and soundness of individual institutions by specifically addressing, among other things: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate exposure; (v) asset growth; (vi) ratio of classified assets to capital; (vii) minimum earnings; and (viii) compensation and benefits standards for management officials. Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, for example, generally require a holding company to give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution.

Dividends paid by the Bank have been the Company’s primary source of operating funds and are expected to be for the foreseeable future. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under OCC regulations, the Bank may not pay a dividend, without prior OCC approval, if the total amount of all dividends declared during the calendar year, including the proposed dividend, exceed the sum of its retained net income to date during the calendar year and its retained net income over the preceding two years. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $6.3 million was available for the payment of dividends without prior OCC approval. The Bank’s ability

9

to pay dividends is also subject to the Bank being in compliance with regulatory capital requirements. As indicated below, the Bank is currently in compliance with these requirements.

Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, the Company’s right to participate in the distribution of assets of the Bank in the event of the Bank’s liquidation or reorganization would be subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors. In the event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including a parent bank holding company (such as the Company) or any shareholder or creditor thereof.

The FRB, the OCC and other federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, to impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and to appoint a conservator or receiver for the assets of a regulated entity. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Company or its subsidiaries, as well as officers, directors and other institution-affiliated parties of these organizations, to administrative sanctions and potential civil monetary penalties.

Capital Adequacy

The FRB, the FDIC and the OCC have adopted risk-based capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks under their supervision. Under these guidelines, the so-called “Tier 1 capital” and “Total capital” as a percentage of risk-weighted assets and certain off-balance sheet instruments must be at least 4% and 8%, respectively.

The FRB, the FDIC and the OCC have also imposed a leverage standard to supplement their risk-based ratios. This leverage standard focuses on a banking institution’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, adjusted for goodwill and certain other items. Under these guidelines, banking institutions that meet certain criteria, including excellent asset quality, high liquidity, low interest rate exposure and good earnings, and that have received the highest regulatory rating must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted average assets of at least 3%.

Institutions not meeting these criteria, as well as institutions with supervisory, financial or operational weaknesses, along with those experiencing or anticipating significant growth, are expected to maintain a Tier 1 capital to total adjusted average assets ratio equal to at least 4%. As reflected in the following table, the risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 exceeded the required capital ratios for classification as “well capitalized,” the highest classification under the regulatory capital guidelines.

Capital Components and Ratios at December 31,

(dollars in thousands)

		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000
	2011
	(dollars in thousands)
	Company				Bank				Minimum for  Capital Adequacy Purposes				Minimum to be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Total Risk-Based   Capital (to Risk     Weighted Assets)		$78,173		14.0%		$75,050		13.5%		$44,575		8.0%		$55,719		10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk   Weighted Assets)		$71,152		12.8%		$68,043		12.2%		$22,288		4.0%		$33,431		6.0%
Tier I Capital (to   Average Assets)		$71,152		9.7%		$68,043		9.3%		$29,309		4.0%		$36,637		5.0%

10

	2010
	(dollars in thousands)
	Company				Bank				Minimum for  Capital Adequacy Purposes				Minimum to be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)		$71,889		14.3%		$70,110		14.0%		$40,186		8.0%		$50,233		10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)		$65,559		13.1%		$63,797		12.7%		$20,093		4.0%		$30,140		6.0%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$65,559		9.9%		$63,797		9.7%		$26,405		4.0%		$33,006		5.0%

The federal banking agencies, including the FRB and the OCC, maintain risk-based capital standards in order to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk, the risk of non-traditional activities and equity investments in non-financial companies, as well as reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on certain multifamily housing loans. Bank regulators periodically propose amendments to the risk-based capital guidelines and related regulatory framework, and consider changes to the risk-based capital standards that could significantly increase the amount of capital needed to meet the requirements for the capital tiers described below. While the Company’s management studies such proposals, the timing of adoption, ultimate form and effect of any such proposed amendments on the Company’s capital requirements and operations cannot be predicted.

The federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions and their bank holding companies that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act established five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier, or that of its bank holding company, depends upon where its capital levels are in relation to various relevant capital measures, including a risk-based capital measure and a leverage ratio capital measure, and certain other factors.

Under the implementing regulations adopted by the federal banking agencies, a bank holding company or bank is considered “well capitalized” if it has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater; and (iii) a leverage ratio of 5% or greater; and is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for a capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank holding company or bank is defined as one that has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater; and (iii) a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (or 3% or greater in the case of a bank with a composite CAMELS rating of (1)). A bank holding company or bank is considered (A) “undercapitalized” if it has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%; or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 4% (or 3% in the case of a bank with a composite CAMELS rating of (1)); (B) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%; or (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%; or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and (C) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than 2%. The FRB may reclassify a “well capitalized” bank holding company or bank as “adequately capitalized” or subject an “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” institution to the supervisory actions applicable to the next lower capital category if it determines that the bank holding company or bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the bank holding company or bank to be engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice and not to have corrected the deficiency. As of December 31, 2011, the Company and the Bank met the definition of “well capitalized” institutions.

“Undercapitalized” depository institutions, among other things: are subject to growth limitations; are prohibited, with certain exceptions, from making capital distributions; are limited in their ability to obtain funding from a Federal Reserve Bank; and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan and provide appropriate assurances of performance. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, including if the holding company refuses or is unable to make the guarantee described in the previous sentence, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” Failure to submit or implement an acceptable capital plan also is grounds for the appointment of a conservator or a receiver. “Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of additional requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from

11

correspondent banks. Moreover, the parent holding company of a “significantly undercapitalized” depository institution may be ordered to divest itself of the institution or of non-bank subsidiaries of the holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions, among other things, are prohibited from making any payments of principal and interest on subordinated debt, and are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Each federal banking agency prescribes standards for depository institutions and depository institution holding companies relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded shares and other standards as they deem appropriate. The FRB and the OCC have adopted such standards.

Regulation of Insurance Agency Subsidiary

TEA is regulated by the New York State Insurance Department. It meets and maintains all licensing and continuing education requirements required by the State of New York.

Monetary Policy and Economic Control

The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the monetary policies of the FRB. Changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing, availability of borrowing at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign branches and the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates are some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the FRB. These monetary policies are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distributions of bank loans, investments and deposits, and this use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies of the FRB have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The monetary policies of these agencies are influenced by various factors, including inflation, unemployment, and short-term and long-term changes in the international trade balance and in the fiscal policies of the United States Government. Future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the future business and earnings of the Company cannot be predicted.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Federal Financial Privacy Laws, Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Security Standards, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Reporting Act. These laws and regulations regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010. It is widely regarded as the most sweeping change to financial regulation since the Great Depression. The law is intended to achieve the following objectives: promote robust supervision and regulation of financial firms; establish comprehensive supervision of financial markets; protect consumers and investors from financial abuse; provide the government with the tools to manage a financial crisis; and raise international regulatory standards and improve international cooperation. The Dodd-Frank Act requires more than 60 studies to be conducted and more than 200 regulations to be written over the next one to two years. The true impact of the legislation will be unknown until these are complete. The Dodd-Frank Act is organized around sixteen titles:

I. Financial Stability – creates a new oversight regulator, the Financial Stability Oversight Council. The council of regulators will monitor the financial system for systemic risk and will determine which entities pose significant systemic risk. One of the key provisions of this title is the so-called Collins Amendment, which imposes a stricter application of risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies than was previously employed. Under the Collins Amendment, certain depository institutions will not be permitted to include trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital. For depository institutions with greater than $15 billion in assets, trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 will be phased out as a component of Tier 1 Capital over three years beginning January 1, 2013. Evans Bancorp

12

has $11.3 million in trust preferred securities included in Tier 1 Capital, but with an asset size of $740.9 million, is well under the $15 billion exemption threshold.

II. Orderly Liquidation Authority – establishes a framework for the liquidation by the FDIC of large institutions that pose systemic risk.

III. Transfer of Powers to the OCC, FDIC, and the FRB – merges the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) into the OCC. The OTS regulatory responsibilities have been spread among other regulators. As a nationally chartered bank regulated by the FRB, FDIC, and OCC, Evans Bank is not impacted by the abolishment of the OTS. This title also includes a number of deposit insurance reforms. The first redefines the deposit insurance assessment base to reflect consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. The result is that larger financial institutions, which have more assets leveraged with non-deposit wholesale funds, have paid a greater percentage of the aggregate insurance assessment and smaller banks have paid less than they would have. Evans Bank has benefited from this provision with its FDIC deposit insurance expenses declining from $1.02 million in 2010 to $0.65 million in 2011. This title also increases the minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35%, but exempts institutions with assets less than $10 billion from the cost of the increase. The title also permanently increases deposit insurance coverage to $250,000 and fully covers non-interest bearing transactions accounts through 2012.

IV. Regulation of Advisers to Hedge Funds and Others – requires most advisors to private funds to register with the SEC.

V. Insurance – establishes the Federal Insurance Office, housed in the Office of the Treasury. It is to review the insurance industry and study for Congress the federal regulation of insurance.

VI. Improvements to Regulation of Bank and Savings Associations Holding Companies and Depository Institutions – this title implements the so-called Volcker Rule. The rule limits the ability of certain bank and bank-related entities to engage in proprietary trading or investing in hedge funds and private equity funds to 3% of the entity’s Tier 1 capital. This provision does not have a material impact on Evans Bank as the Bank does not engage in proprietary trading and has immaterial investments in any private funds.

VII. Wall Street Transparency and Accountability – imposes exchange trading for derivatives contracts and imposes new capital and margin requirements and various reporting obligations on Over the Counter (“OTC”) swap dealers and major OTC swap participants. This title has no impact on the Company.

VIII. Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Provision – allows for a systemic approach to certain financial market payment, clearing, and settlement systems. Designations as systemically important will be made by the Financial Stability Oversight Council.

IX. Investor Protections and Improvement to the Regulation of Securities – has a number of provisions intended to protect investors, including for example: risk retention requirements for certain asset-backed securities; reforms to regulation of credit ratings agencies; establishing an Investor Advisory Committee and an Office of Investor Advocate, and requiring the SEC to study whether a fiduciary duty standard of care for broker-dealers providing personalized investment advice to a retail customer should be created. There are several corporate governance procedures established in this title, including: proxy access requirements for shareholders; disclosure about the failure to separate the role of the chair of the board of directors and chief executive officer; shareholder voting on executive compensation; the establishment of an independent compensation committee; executive compensation disclosures and claw backs. In addition, the Federal Reserve is required to issue regulations regarding incentive-based pay practices for institutions with more than $1 billion in assets. This title also provides that companies with a public market capitalization under $75 million are permanently exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“SOX”), which requires that public companies receive an opinion from their external auditors as to the effectiveness of their internal controls over financial reporting. Under this provision, Evans Bancorp would be exempt from SOX 404(b) as it had a public market capitalization of $56.3 million as of June 30, 2011 (the most recent measurement date). However, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and the Company’s management have decided to continue to voluntarily comply with SOX 404(b) as they believe it is in the best interest of the Company. This title also requires the SEC to conduct a study of companies with market capitalization between $75 million and $250 million to determine how the SEC could reduce the burden of complying with the internal control audit requirements.

13

X. Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection – establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“BCFP”), an independent entity housed with the Federal Reserve. The title gives the BCFP the authority to prohibit practices that it finds to be unfair, deceptive, or abusive in addition to requiring certain disclosures. An important provision of this title limits interchange fees for debit card transactions to an amount established as reasonable under regulations to be issued by the Federal Reserve. Cards issued by banks with less than $10 billion in assets are exempt from this requirement. Despite being exempt from this provision, it is possible that the Bank may be impacted by this provision if the Bank has to match the reduced rates being offered by larger competitors. This could potentially result in the loss of hundreds of thousands of dollars of revenue.

XI. Federal Reserve System Revisions – gives the Government Accountability Office (“GAO”) authority to conduct a one-time audit of the Federal Reserve emergency lending during the credit crisis and gives the GAO other auditing responsibilities over the Federal Reserve.

XII. Improving Access to Mainstream Financial Institutions – is intended to provide alternatives to payday loans. This title is intended to encourage low and moderate income individuals to create accounts in insured depository institutions and it creates a program to provide low-cost loans of $2,500 or less.

XIII. Pay It Back Act – reduces the TARP funds authorized under EESA from $700 billion to $475 billion.

XIV. Mortgage Reform and Anti-Predatory Lending Act – places new regulations on mortgage originators and imposes new disclosure requirements and appraisal reforms, including: the creation of a mortgage originator duty of care; the establishment of certain underwriting requirements so that at the time of origination the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan; the creation of document requirements intended to eliminate “no document” and “low document” loans; the prohibition of steering incentives for mortgage originators; a prohibition on yield spread premiums and prepayment penalties in some cases; and a provision that allows borrowers to assert as a foreclosure defense a contention that the lender violated the anti-steering restrictions or the reasonable repayment requirements.

XV. Miscellaneous Provisions – among other things, restricts certain loans to the International Monetary Fund; orders the SEC to require disclosures regarding mining of conflict minerals and payments made in acquisition of certain mining and exploration licenses, and to report on mine safety; and requires additional studies.

XVI. Section 1256 Contracts – adds a new provision to the Internal Revenue Code involving futures, swaps, and option contracts.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no direct employees. As of December 31, 2011, the following table summarizes the employment rosters of the Company’s subsidiaries using full-time equivalent employees (“FTE”):

		$000000		$000000		$000000		$000000		$000000
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Bank		186		164		147		148		129
ENL		2		4		7		12		11
TEA		50		52		57		58		55
FCS		4		4		4		4		4
		242		224		215		222		199

Management believes that the Company’s subsidiaries have good relationships with their employees.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available without charge on the Company’s website,www.evansbancorp.com - SEC filings section, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The Company is providing the address to its Internet site solely for the information of investors. The Company does not intend the address to be an active link or to otherwise incorporate the contents of the website into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or into any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC.

14

Item 1A.     RISK FACTORS

The following factors identified by the Company’s management represent significant potential risks that the Company faces in its operations.

The Company’s Business May Be Adversely Affected by Conditions in the Financial Markets and Economic Conditions Generally

The United States was in an economic recession from December 2007-June 2009, according to the U.S. National Bureau of Economic Research. While the recession is technically over, economic growth has been muted and the unemployment rate remains high at 8.5% (per the U.S. Department of Labor) as of December 31, 2011. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions has been greatly reduced and local governments and many businesses are in serious difficulty due to the high unemployment rate, the lack of consumer spending, and a faltering housing market. The recession was initially triggered by declines in home prices and the values of subprime mortgages, but spread to all mortgage and real estate asset classes, to leveraged bank loans and to nearly all asset classes, including equities. Since the end of the recession there has been some recovery in the value of some asset classes, but the economy remains weak with high unemployment, lower property values, and low consumer confidence.

The Company’s financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and leases and the value of collateral securing those loans and leases, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where the Company operates, in Western New York and in the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by: declines in economic growth, declines in housing and real estate valuations, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors.

Overall, during 2011, the business environment continued to be adverse for many households and businesses in the United States and worldwide. It is expected that the business environment in Western New York, the United States and worldwide will continue to be slow to recover from the recession. There can be no assurance that these conditions will improve substantially in the near term. Such conditions could materially adversely affect the credit quality of the Company’s loans and leases, and therefore, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Business Loans Expose the Company to Increased Credit Risks

At December 31, 2011, the Company’s portfolio of commercial real estate loans totaled $334.6 million, or 57.4% of total loans and leases outstanding, and the Company’s portfolio of commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans totaled $109.5 million, or 18.8% of total loans and leases outstanding. The Company plans to continue to emphasize the origination of commercial loans as they generally earn a higher rate of interest than other loan products offered by the Bank. Commercial loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of commercial real estate and C&I loans often depends on the successful operations and the income stream of the borrowers. Commercial mortgages are collateralized by real property while C&I loans are typically secured by business assets such as equipment and accounts receivable. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. Also, many of the Company’s commercial borrowers have more than one commercial real estate or C&I loan outstanding with the Company. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose the Company to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one-to four-family residential mortgage loan. Commercial real estate loans in non-accrual status at December 31, 2011 were $8.3 million, compared with $6.6 million at December 31, 2010. C&I loans in non-accrual status at December 31, 2011 were $2.2 million, the same as at December 31, 2010. Further increases in the delinquency levels of commercial real estate and C&I loans could result in an increase in non-performing loans and provision for loan and lease losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Continuing Concentration of Loans in the Company’s Primary Market Area May Increase the Company’s Risk

Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides banking and financial services to customers located primarily in western New York State (“WNY”). Therefore, the Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions in WNY. The Company’s business lending and marketing strategies focus on loans to small and medium-sized businesses in this geographic region. Moreover, the Company’s assets are heavily concentrated in mortgages on properties located in WNY. Accordingly, the Company’s business and operations are

15

vulnerable to downturns in the economy of WNY. The concentration of the Company’s loans in this geographic region subjects the Company to the risk that a downturn in the economy or recession in this region could result in a decrease in loan originations and increases in delinquencies and foreclosures, which would more greatly affect the Company than if the Company’s lending were more geographically diversified. In addition, the Company may suffer losses if there is a decline in the value of properties underlying the Company’s mortgage loans which would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operations.

In the Event the Company’s Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan and Lease Losses, the Company’s Earnings Could Decrease

The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses in order to capture the probable losses inherent in its loan and lease portfolio. There is a risk that the Company may experience significant loan and lease losses which could exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses. In determining the amount of the Company’s recorded allowance, the Company makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan and lease portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers, the effect of changes in the local economy on the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans, the effects on the Company’s loan and lease portfolio of current economic indicators and their probable impact on borrowers, and the Company’s loan quality reviews. Our emphasis on the origination of commercial real estate and C&I loans is a significant factor in evaluating an allowance for loan and lease losses. As we continue to increase the amount of these loans in our portfolio, additional or increased provisions for loan and lease losses may be necessary and would adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, bank regulators periodically review the Company’s loan and lease portfolio and credit underwriting procedures, as well as its allowance for loan and lease losses, and may require the Company to increase its provision for loan and lease losses or recognize further loan and lease charge-offs. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a gross loan portfolio of approximately $583.4 million and the allowance for loan and lease losses was approximately $11.5 million, which represented 1.97% of the total amount of gross loans and leases. If the Company’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect or bank regulators require the Company to increase its provision for loan and lease losses or recognize further loan and lease charge-offs, the Company may have to increase its allowance for loan and lease losses or loan and lease charge-offs which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and financial condition. There can be no assurances that the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses will be adequate to protect the Company against loan and lease losses that it may incur.

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Business, Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The Company’s results of operations and financial condition are significantly affected by changes in interest rates. The Company’s results of operations depend substantially on its net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on its interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on its interest-bearing liabilities. Because the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities generally re-price or mature more quickly than its interest-earning assets, an increase in interest rates generally would tend to result in a decrease in its net interest income.

Changes in interest rates also affect the value of the Company’s interest-earning assets, and in particular, the Company’s securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s securities available for sale totaled $100.0 million. Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax, amounted to $2.5 million and are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Decreases in the fair value of securities available for sale, therefore, could have an adverse effect on stockholders’ equity or earnings.

The Company also is subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, the Company is subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.

In 2011, the FRB began a strategy known as “Operation Twist” in an effort to further depress long-term interest rates. The FRB already owned more than $1 trillion in bonds from previous quantitative easing initiatives. Under Operation Twist, the FRB planned to sell medium-term bonds and allow short-term bonds to mature and use the proceeds to purchase long-term bonds. The planned effect was to drive up demand for long-term bonds and thus push long-term interest rates even lower. There has also been speculation from analysts and the press that the FRB may also execute “QE3,” which is a nickname for a third round of quantitative easing, if the economy continues to stagnate. QE3 would likely involve the FRB purchasing billions of dollars more in bonds in an effort to drive interest rates lower and spark

16

increased economic growth. Easy monetary policy by the FRB may increase the interest rate risk for the Company by lowering interest rates over the near term, but also by inadvertently causing inflation to rise at a rapid pace once the economy more fully rebounds from the recession. High inflation rates are usually accompanied by an increase in interest rates.

The Company May Be Adversely Affected by the Soundness of Other Financial Institutions

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of counterparty relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry. The most important counterparty for the Company, in terms of liquidity, is the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”). The Company uses FHLBNY as its primary source of overnight funds and also has several long-term advances with FHLBNY. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a total of $22.0 million in borrowed funds with FHLBNY. The Company has placed sufficient collateral in the form of commercial and residential real estate loans at FHLBNY. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, the Bank is required to hold stock in FHLBNY. The Bank held FHLBNY stock with a fair value of $1.8 million as of December 31, 2011. The Bank’s FHLBNY stock average yield in 2011 was 4.8%.

There are 12 branches of the FHLB, including New York. Several members have warned that they have either breached risk-based capital requirements or that they are close to breaching those requirements. To conserve capital, some FHLB branches are suspending dividends, cutting dividend payments, and not buying back excess FHLB stock that members hold. FHLBNY has stated that they expect to be able to continue to pay dividends, redeem excess capital stock, and provide competitively priced advances in the future. The most severe problems in FHLB have been at some of the other FHLB branches. Nonetheless, the 12 FHLB branches are jointly liable for the consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. To the extent that one FHLB branch cannot meet its obligations to pay its share of the system’s debt; other FHLB branches can be called upon to make the payment.

Systemic weakness in the FHLB could result in higher costs of FHLB borrowings, reduced value of FHLB stock, and increased demand for alternative sources of liquidity that are more expensive, such as brokered time deposits, the discount window at the Federal Reserve, or lines of credit with correspondent banks First Tennessee and M&T Bank.

Strong Competition Within the Company’s Market Area May Limit its Growth and Profitability

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. The Company competes with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally within the Company’s market area and elsewhere. Many of these competitors (whether regional or national institutions) have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Company does, and may offer certain services that the Company does not or cannot provide. The Company’s profitability depends upon its continued ability to successfully compete in this market area.

Expansion of the Company’s Branch Network May Adversely Affect its Financial Results

The Company has increased its retail branch network from eight branches to thirteen branches by opening de novo branches in five of the last nine years. In addition, the Company plans on opening another branch in 2012, and its strategy is to continue to grow its branch network through de novo branching and acquisitions. The Company cannot assure that its branch expansion strategy will be accretive to earnings or that it will be accretive to earnings within a reasonable period of time. Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new branch, such as suitable location, qualified personnel, and an effective marketing strategy. Additionally, it takes time for a new branch to gather sufficient loans and deposits to generate income sufficient to cover its operating expenses. Difficulties the Company experiences in implementing its growth strategy may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Operates in a Highly Regulated Environment and May Be Adversely Affected By Changes in Laws and Regulations

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC, FRB, and by the FDIC, as insurer of its deposits. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a bank and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and depositors. Regulatory requirements affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a bank, the imposition of deposit insurance premiums and other assessments, the classification of assets by a bank and the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan

17

and lease losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, particularly through the new rules and regulations expected to be established by the Dodd-Frank Act, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank, the Company and its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Lack of System Integrity or Credit Quality Related to Funds Settlement could Result in a Financial Loss

The Bank settles funds on behalf of financial institutions, other businesses and consumers and receives funds from clients, card issuers, payment networks and consumers on a daily basis for a variety of transaction types. Transactions facilitated by the Bank include debit card, credit card and electronic bill payment transactions, supporting consumers, financial institutions and other businesses. These payment activities rely upon the technology infrastructure that facilitates the verification of activity with counterparties and the facilitation of the payment. If the continuity of operations or integrity of processing were compromised this could result in a financial loss to the Bank, and therefore the Company, due to a failure in payment facilitation. In addition, the Bank may issue credit to consumers, financial institutions or other businesses as part of the funds settlement. A default on this credit by a counterparty could result in a financial loss to the Bank, and therefore to the Company.

Financial Services Companies Depend on the Accuracy and Completeness of Information about Customers and Counterparties

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Company may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. The Company may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. While management generally engages only third parties that it knows or believes to be reputable, reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could cause the Company to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Loss of Key Employees May Disrupt Relationships with Certain Customers

The Company’s business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of the Company’s key employees have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key employee with such customer relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a competitor. While management believes that the Company’s relationships with its key business producers are good, the Company cannot guarantee that all of its key personnel will remain with the organization. Loss of such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of the Company’s competitors, could result in the loss of some of the Company’s customers. Such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future FDIC Insurance Premium Increases May Adversely Affect the Company’s Earnings

The Company is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or other similar occurrences, the FDIC may again increase the premiums assessed upon insured institutions. Such increases and any future increases or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely impact the Company’s results of operations.

The Company is a Financial Holding Company and Depends on Its Subsidiaries for Dividends, Distributions and Other Payments

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. The Company’s principal source of cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to the Company’s stockholders and principal and interest on its outstanding debt, is dividends from the Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by the Bank, as well as the payment of dividends by the Company to its stockholders. Regulations of the OCC affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends and other distributions and to make loans to the Company. If the Bank is unable to make dividend payments and sufficient capital is not otherwise available, the Company may not be able to make dividend payments to its common stockholders or principal and interest payments on its outstanding debt.

Because the Nature of the Financial Services Business Involves a High Volume of Transactions, the Company Faces Significant Operational Risks

The Company operates in diverse markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from the Company’s operations, including but not

18

limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside of the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to its reputation.

The Company’s Information Systems may Experience an Interruption or Breach in Security

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. If personal, nonpublic, confidential, or proprietary information of customers in the Company’s possession were to be mishandled or misused, we could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage, and financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could include, for example, if such information were erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of the Company’s systems, employees or counterparties, or where such information is intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of the Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Potential for Business Interruption Exists Throughout the Company’s Organization

Integral to the Company’s performance is the continued efficacy of our technical systems, operational infrastructure, relationships with third parties and the vast array of associates and key executives in the Company’s day-to-day and ongoing operations. Failure by any or all of these resources subjects the Company to risks that may vary in size, scale and scope. This includes, but is not limited to, operational or technical failures, pandemics, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support as expected, as well as the loss of key individuals or failure on the part of key individuals to perform properly. Although management has established policies and procedures to address such failures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental Factors May Create Liability

In the course of its business, the Bank has acquired and may acquire in the future, property securing loans that are in default. There is a risk that the Bank could be required to investigate and clean-up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at such properties after acquisition by the Bank in a foreclosure action, and that the Bank may be held liable to a governmental entity or third parties for property damage, personal injury and investigation and clean-up costs incurred by such parties in connection with such contamination. In addition, the owner or former owners of contaminated sites may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from such property. To date, the Bank has not been required to perform any investigation or clean-up activities, nor has it been subject to any environmental claims. There can be no assurance, however, that this will remain the case in the future.

Anti-takeover Laws and Certain Agreements and Charter Provisions May Adversely Affect Share Value

Certain provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of the Company without approval of the Company’s board of directors. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the FRB before acquiring control of a bank holding company. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a bank holding company, including shares of the Company’s common stock, creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquiror “controls” the bank holding company. Also, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the FRB before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank, including the Bank. There also are provisions in the Company’s certificate of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. Taken as a whole, these statutory provisions and provisions in the Company’s certificate of incorporation could result in the Company being less attractive to a potential acquiror and thus could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

19

Item 1B.     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 2.         PROPERTIES

The Bank conducts its business from its administrative office and 13 branch offices as of December 31, 2011. The Bank’s administrative office is located at One Grimsby Drive in Hamburg, NY. The administrative office facility is 26,000 square feet and is owned by the Bank. This facility is occupied by the Office of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as well as the Administrative and Loan Divisions of the Bank. The Bank also owns a building on Erie Road in Derby, NY that houses its Employee Training and Operations Center.

The Bank has 13 branch locations. The Bank owns the building and land for six locations. The Bank owns the building but leases the land for four locations. Three other locations are leased.

The Bank also owns the headquarters for SDS at Baseline Road in Grand Island, NY.

TEA operates from its headquarters a 9,300 square foot office located at 16 North Main Street, Angola, NY, which is owned by the Bank. TEA has 12 retail locations. TEA leases 7 of the locations. The Bank owns four of the locations and TEA owns the remaining building.

The Company owned $10.5 million in properties and equipment, net of depreciation at December 31, 2011, compared with $10.8 million at December 31, 2010.

Item 3.         LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The nature of the Company’s business generates a certain amount of litigation involving matters arising in the ordinary course of business. However, in the opinion of management of the Company, there are no proceedings pending to which the Company is a party or to which its property is subject, which, if determined adversely, would have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4.         MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information. The Company’s common stock is listed on NYSE-Amex under the symbol EVBN.

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock for fiscal 2011 and 2010, as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (for periods prior to December 27, 2010) and the NYSE-Amex LLC (for periods from and after December 27, 2010).

	2011				2010
QUARTER	High		Low		High		Low
FIRST		$15.12		$14.00		$16.64		$11.23
SECOND		$14.35		$13.20		$15.60		$12.25
THIRD		$13.95		$10.90		$13.75		$12.11
FOURTH		$12.34		$10.75		$14.49		$13.01

Holders. The approximate number of holders of record of the Company’s common stock at March 1, 2012 was 1,347.

Cash Dividends. The Company paid the following cash dividends on shares of the Company’s common stock during fiscal 2010 and 2011:

• A cash dividend of $0.20 per share on April 27, 2010 to holders of record on April 6, 2010.

• A cash dividend of $0.20 per share on October 6, 2010 to holders of record on September 13, 2010.

20

• A cash dividend of $0.20 per share on April 4, 2011 to holders of record on March 10, 2011.

• A cash dividend of $0.20 per share on October 4, 2011 to holders of record on September 12, 2011.

The amount and type (cash or stock), if any, of future dividends will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon the Company’s earnings, financial conditions and other factors considered by the Board of Directors to be relevant. The Bank pays a dividend to the Company to provide funds for: debt service on the junior subordinated debentures, a portion of the proceeds of which were contributed to the Bank as capital; dividends the Company pays; treasury stock repurchases; and other Company expenses. There are various legal limitations with respect to the Bank’s ability to supply funds to the Company. In particular, under Federal banking law, the prior approval of the FRB and OCC may be required in certain circumstances, prior to the payment of dividends by the Company or the Bank. See Note 20 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information concerning contractual and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends.

21

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following Performance Graph compares the Company’s cumulative total stockholder return on its common stock for a five-year period (December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2011) with the cumulative total return of the NYSE Amex Composite Index, NASDAQ Bank Index, and the NASDAQ Composite Index. Effective December 27, 2010, the Company transferred the listing and trading of its common stock from the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC to the NYSE Amex LLC, and therefore, the Company has changed the broad equity market index presented in the Performance Graph from the NASDAQ Composite Index to the NYSE Amex Composite Index. The comparison for each of the periods assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2006 in each of the Company’s common stock and the stocks included in the NASDAQ Bank Index, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NYSE Amex Composite Index, and that all dividends were reinvested without commissions. This table does not forecast future performance of the Company’s stock.

Compare 5-Year Cumulative Total Return Among

Evans Bancorp, Inc.,

NYSE Amex Composite Index, NASDAQ Bank Index, and NASDAQ Composite Index

	Period Ending
Index	12/31/06		12/31/07		12/31/08		12/31/09		12/31/10		12/31/11
Evans Bancorp, Inc.		100.00		83.12		83.44		66.15		85.52		73.70
NYSE Amex Composite Index		100.00		121.20		72.17		97.85		122.89		130.62
NASDAQ Bank Index		100.00		80.09		62.84		52.60		60.04		53.74
NASDAQ Composite Index		100.00		110.66		66.42		96.54		114.06		113.16

In accordance with and to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the information set forth above under the heading “Performance Graph” shall not be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act, as amended, or the Exchange Act except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing, and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act.

22

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(Dollars in thousands except per share data)

		000,00.00		000,00.00		000,00.00		000,00.00		000,00.00
	As of and for the year ended December 31,
Balance Sheet Data	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Assets		$740,902		$671,523		$619,444		$528,974		$442,729
Interest-earning assets		682,140		611,141		562,219		477,496		392,235
Investment securities		107,038		93,332		79,018		75,755		72,410
Loans and leases, net		571,910		517,554		482,597		401,626		319,556
Deposits		616,203		544,457		499,508		403,953		325,829
Borrowings		42,340		52,226		63,146		66,512		63,236
Stockholders’ equity		68,988		63,064		45,959		45,919		43,303
Income Statement Data
Net interest income		$25,988		$24,495		$22,594		$19,268		$16,675
Non-interest income		12,432		12,633		14,067		11,677		8,843
Non-interest expense		27,241		26,107		26,057		20,440		19,182
Net income		6,112		4,840		707		4,908		3,368
Per Share Data
Earnings per share – basic		$1.49		$1.34		$0.25		$1.78		$1.23
Earnings per share – diluted		1.49		1.34		0.25		1.78		1.23
Cash dividends		0.40		0.40		0.61		0.78		0.71
Book value		16.72		15.45		16.34		16.57		15.74
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets		0.86%		0.75%		0.12%		1.03%		0.73%
Return on average equity		9.17		8.35		1.57		10.82		8.15
Net interest margin		3.99		4.16		4.33		4.53		4.05
Efficiency ratio *		69.68		67.90		63.16		63.87		66.65
Dividend payout ratio		26.85		29.85		244.00		43.82		57.72
Capital Ratios
Tier I capital to average assets		9.71%		9.93%		7.80%		9.02%		10.04%
Equity to assets		9.31		9.39		7.42		8.68		9.78
Asset Quality Ratios
Total non-performing assets to total assets		2.05%		2.07%		2.10%		0.69%		0.16%
Total non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases		2.60		2.64		2.64		0.88		0.22
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases		0.26		0.10		2.19		0.55		0.37
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases		1.97		1.97		1.42		1.49		1.41

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Report on Form 10-K for further information and analysis of changes in the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

*The calculation of the efficiency ratio excludes amortization of intangibles, goodwill impairment, and gains and losses on sales and calls of securities, for comparative purposes.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

This discussion is intended to compare the performance of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The review of the information presented should be read in conjunction with Part I, Item 1: “Business” and Part II, Item 6: “Selected Financial Data” and Item 8: “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company is a financial holding company registered under the BHCA. The Company currently conducts its business through its two direct wholly-owned subsidiaries: the Bank and the Bank’s subsidiaries, ENL and ENHC; and ENFS and its subsidiaries, TEA and ENBA. The Company does not engage in any other substantial business. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” refers collectively to Evans Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

23

Summary

In 2011, the Company experienced solid balance sheet growth and strong earnings results. The Company’s stated public intentions are to continue to grow to increase market share and achieve scale while improving profitability and returning value to shareholders. Net income in 2011 was $6.1 million, a 26.3% increase over the 2010 net income of $4.8 million and well above the 2009 net income of $0.7 million. The Company’s improving results reflect the recovery from the losses experienced from the direct financing lease portfolio, which was hard hit by the economic recession that started in 2007 and lasted into 2009. In 2009, the significant deterioration in the Company’s national leasing portfolio resulted in a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge and $6.8 million in provision for lease losses. In 2010, the Company recorded an additional $1.5 million in provision for lease losses despite ceasing new lease origination in April 2009. In 2011, the Company actually reduced its allowance for lease losses by $0.5 million as the level of leasing losses decreased to a point that management determined that a reduction in the allowance was appropriate. Overall, the provision for loan and lease losses for the Company decreased from $10.5 million in 2009 to $3.9 million in 2010 to $2.5 million in 2011.

As for the Company’s core performance, 2011 was marked by solid growth in the face of the continued headwinds of a sluggish economy and a very competitive local market in Western New York. The double digit percentage growth rates in 2011 for both loans and deposits were better than industry averages nationally and helped drive a 6.1% increase in net interest income. To support the Company’s high organic growth rates and increasing regulatory requirements, management has needed to make investments in people and infrastructure, resulting in an increase in non-interest expenses. There continue to be challenges in the operating environment that have made it difficult for the Company to grow its bottom line. Non-interest income decreased 1.6% as the Company’s two largest portions of non-interest income, deposit service charges and insurance service and fee income, experienced lower revenue numbers in 2011. New regulations governing deposit service charges and changing consumer behavior caused the decrease in deposit service charges. The struggling economy continues to keep insurance prices down and the soft insurance market makes it difficult to grow the Company’s insurance-related revenue. Another challenge in the current operating environment is the extended period of low interest rates, which has depressed the Company’s net interest margin from 4.16% in 2010 to 3.99% in 2011. The credit quality of the overall loan and lease portfolio remained relatively consistent with the prior year with non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases ratio declining slightly from 2.64% to 2.60% and the allowance to loan and lease ratio remaining flat at 1.97%. The trend in credit quality ratios largely reflects the economic conditions: the ratios are high in the context of the Company’s historical levels, but are holding steady and slowly improving.

Strategy

To sustain future growth and to meet the Company’s financial objectives, the Company has defined a number of strategies. Five of the more important strategies are:

• Growing the business to achieve better scale and leverage investments in the banking and insurance agency business for enhanced profitability;

• Opportunistic growth through acquisition;

• Continuing growth of non-interest income through insurance agency internal growth, financial services revenues, employee benefits, and cash management;

• Continue to develop opportunities with a segmented market approach to develop more profitable relationships, less sensitive to pricing, positively impacting earnings; and

• Maintaining a community based focus and providing a personal touch to customer service.

The Company’s strategies are designed to direct tactical investment decisions supporting its financial objectives. While the Company intends to focus its efforts on the pursuit of these strategies, there can be no assurance that the Company will successfully implement these strategies or that the strategies will produce the desired results. The Company’s most significant revenue source continues to be net interest income, defined as total interest income less interest expense. Net interest income accounted for approximately 68% of total revenue in 2011. To produce net interest income and consistent earnings growth over the long-term, the Company must generate loan and deposit growth at acceptable margins within its market area. To generate and grow loans and deposits, the Company must focus on a number of areas including, but not limited to, opportunistic branch expansion, sales practices, customer and employee satisfaction and retention, competition, evolving customer behavior, technology, product innovation, interest rates, credit performance of its customers and vendor relationships.

The Company also considers non-interest income important to its continued financial success. Fee income generation is partly related to the Company’s loan and deposit operations, such as deposit service charges, as well as to its financial products, such as commercial and personal insurance sold through TEA and non-deposit investment products sold through ENBA. Improved performance in non-interest income can help increase capital ratios because most of the non-

24

interest income is generated without recording assets on the balance sheet. The Company has and will continue to face challenges in increasing its non-interest income as the regulatory environment changes. For example, recent regulations have resulted in an industry-wide decline in overdraft deposit service charges. New regulations stemming from the Dodd-Frank Act have resulted in drastically reduced interchange fees on debit cards issued by large banks. While the Company was exempted from the interchange rate caps effective October 1, 2011, fees could be subjected to competitive pressures as a result of the regulations. Management is closely studying these developments and their impact on the Company’s profitability, including the development of strategies to mitigate their impact.

While the Company reviews and manages all customer units, it has focused increased efforts on targeted segments in its community such as (1) smaller businesses with smaller credit needs but rich in deposits and other services; (2) middle market commercial businesses; (3) commercial real estate lending; and (4) retail customers. The overarching goal is to cross-sell between our insurance, financial services and banking lines of business to deepen our relationships with all of our customers. The Company believes that these efforts resulted in growth in the commercial loan portfolio and core deposits during fiscal 2011 and 2010.

To support growth in targeted customer units, the Bank acquired a new branch location in Clarence, NY in connection with its acquisition of the loan and deposit portfolios of Waterford Village Bank (“Waterford”) in July 2009. The Bank is planning to open another branch in 2012, with the goal to open 1-2 more in the next 2 years. With all new and existing branches, the Company has strived to provide a personal touch to customer service and is committed to maintaining a local community based philosophy. The Bank has emphasized hiring local branch and lending personnel with strong ties to the specific local communities it enters and serves.

The Bank serves its market through 13 banking offices in Western New York, located in Amherst, Angola, Buffalo, Clarence, Derby, Evans, Forestville, Hamburg, Lancaster, North Boston, West Seneca, and Tonawanda. The Company’s principal source of funding is through deposits, which it reinvests in the community in the form of loans and investments. Deposits are insured up to the maximum permitted by the Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Bank is regulated by the OCC.

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, the Consolidated Financial Statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments, and as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.

Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated in good faith by management primarily through the use of internal cash flow modeling techniques.

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in this financial review, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and how those values are determined.

Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses and valuation of goodwill to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and as such, could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

25

The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses in the Bank’s loan and lease portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment on the part of management and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans and leases, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans and leases based on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

On a quarterly basis, management of the Bank meets to review and determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. In making this determination, the Bank’s management analyzes the ultimate collectability of the loans and leases in its portfolio by incorporating feedback provided by the Bank’s internal loan and lease staff, an independent internal loan and lease review function and information provided by examinations performed by regulatory agencies.

The analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses is composed of two components: specific credit allocation and general portfolio allocation. The specific credit allocation includes a detailed review of each impaired loan and allocation is made based on this analysis. Factors may include the appraisal value of the collateral, the age of the appraisal, the type of collateral, the performance of the loan to date, the performance of the borrower’s business based on financial statements, and legal judgments involving the borrower. The Company has an appraisal policy in which appraisals are obtained upon a loan being downgraded on the Company’s internal loan rating scale to a 5 (special mention) or a 6 (substandard) depending on the amount of the loan, the type of loan and the type of collateral. All impaired loans are either graded a 6 or 7 on the internal loan rating scale. Subsequent to the downgrade, if the loan remains outstanding and impaired for at least one year more, management may require another follow-up appraisal. Between receipts of updated appraisals, if necessary, management may perform an internal valuation based on any known changing conditions in the marketplace such as sales of similar properties, a change in the condition of the collateral, or feedback from local appraisers. The general portfolio allocation consists of an assigned reserve percentage based on the historical loss experience and other quantitative and qualitative factors of the loan or lease category.

The general portfolio allocation is segmented into pools of loans with similar characteristics. Separate pools of loans include loans pooled by loan grade and by portfolio segment. Loans graded a 5 or worse (“criticized loans”) that exceed a material balance threshold are evaluated by the Company’s credit department to determine if the collateral for the loan is worth less than the loan. All of these “shortfalls” are added together and divided by the respective loan pool to calculate the quantitative factor applied to the respective pool as this represents a potential loss exposure. These loans are not considered impaired because the cash flow of the customer and the payment history of the loan suggest that it is not probable that the Company will be unable to collect the full amount of principal and interest as contracted and are thus still accruing interest.

Loans that are graded 4 or better (“non-criticized loans”) are reserved in separate loan pools in the general portfolio allocation. A weighted average 5-year historical charge-off ratio by portfolio segment is calculated and applied against these loan pools.

For both the criticized and non-criticized loan pools in the general portfolio allocation, additional qualitative factors are applied. The qualitative factors applied to the general portfolio allocation reflect management’s evaluation of various conditions. The conditions evaluated include the following: industry and regional conditions; seasoning of the loan and lease portfolio and changes in the composition of and growth in the loan and lease portfolio; the strength and duration of the business cycle; existing general economic and business conditions in the lending areas; credit quality trends in non-accruing loans and leases; timing of the identification of downgrades; historical loan and lease charge-off experience; and the results of bank regulatory examinations. Due to the nature of the loans, the criticized loan pools carry significantly higher qualitative factors than the non-criticized pools.

Direct financing leases are segregated from the rest of the loan portfolio in determining the appropriate allowance for that portfolio segment. Unlike the loan portfolio, the Company does have sufficient historical loss data to perform a migration analysis for non-accruing leases. Management periodically updates this analysis by examining the non-accruing lease portfolio at different points in time and studying what percentage of the non-accruing portfolio ends up being charged off. All of the remaining leases not in non-accrual are allocated a reserve based on several factors including: delinquency and non-accrual trends, charge-off trends, and national economic conditions.

For further discussion on the allowance for loan and lease losses, please see Note 1 and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

26

The amount of goodwill reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements is required to be tested by management for impairment on at least an annual basis. The test for impairment of goodwill in an identified reporting unit is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires judgment on the part of management and the use of estimates related to the growth assumptions and market multiples used in the valuation model. As of December 31, 2011, TEA had $8.1 million in goodwill. The banking and ENL reporting units do not have any goodwill. All of the goodwill at TEA stems from the acquisition of various insurances agencies, not the purchase of diverse companies in which goodwill was subjectively allocated to different reporting units. Therefore, total market capitalization reconciliation was not performed because not all of the reporting units had goodwill. As a result, such an analysis would not be meaningful.

Management valued TEA, the reporting unit with goodwill, using cash flow modeling and earnings multiple techniques. When using the cash flow models, management considered historical information, the operating budget for 2012, economic and insurance market cycles, and strategic goals in projecting net income and cash flows for the next five years. The fair value calculated substantially exceeded the book value of TEA. The value based on a multiple to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) was averaged with the value as determined by the cash flow model to calculate the fair value. The multiple used was based on data from a third party consulting service. The firm’s services include searching, valuing, structuring, and negotiating the acquisition of insurance agencies. The valuation using the EBITDA model was higher, likely a result of conservative growth assumptions used by the Company in the cash flow model as well as an implied control premium in the multiple.

While the fair values determined in the impairment tests were substantially higher than the carrying value for TEA, the risk of a future impairment charge still exists. Management used growth rates that are achievable over the long run through both soft and hard insurance cycles. A soft insurance market has persisted for several years, resulting in a decrease in revenue of 1.3% in 2011 compared with 2010. A continued soft insurance market over the long term could result in lower than projected revenue and profitability growth rates and result in depressed pricing multiples in the acquisition marketplace. A persistent soft insurance market is the biggest risk to the Company’s valuation model.

For further discussion of the Company’s accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS

Note 1 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K discusses new accounting policies adopted by the Company during fiscal 2011. Below are accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted. To the extent management believes the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity, the impacts are discussed below.

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-03,Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements. This ASU relates to accounting for repurchase agreements (“repos”) and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. During the global economic crisis, capital market participants questioned the necessity and usefulness of the collateral maintenance guidance for the transferor’s ability criterion when determining whether a repo should be accounted for as a sale or as a secured borrowing. The amendments in this ASU remove from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2012, which did not have a significant impact on the Company’s repo accounting.

ASU 2011-04,Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The new standard was issued to provide largely identical guidance about fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for IFRS and U.S. GAAP. The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but rather provide guidance about how fair value should be determined where it is already required or permitted. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2012, which did not have a significant impact on the Company’s fair value measurements or disclosures.

ASU 2011-05,Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The objective of this ASU is to improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. To increase the prominence of items reported in other

27

comprehensive income and to facilitate the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) decided to eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present total other comprehensive income, the components of other comprehensive income, and the total of comprehensive income. The amendments in this ASU will be applied retrospectively. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. As the Company currently reports comprehensive income as part of its statement of changes in stockholders’ equity, this ASU will change how the Company reports its comprehensive income once it is adopted.

ASU No. 2011-08,Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment.This ASU permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test. The ASU is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2012. The Company will evaluate the need for a two-step goodwill impairment test each period subsequent to adoption. The Company does not expect adoption of this ASU to have a material effect on its financial statements.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND DECEMBER 31, 2010

Net Income

Net income of $6.1 million in 2011 consisted of $5.2 million related to the Company’s banking activities and $0.9 million in net income related to the Company’s insurance agency activities. The total net income of $6.1 million was an increase of 26.3% from $4.8 million in 2010. Earnings per basic and diluted share for 2011of $1.49 was an increase of 11.1% from $1.34 per diluted share for 2010. The difference between the net income increase and the earnings per share increase is a result of the increase in the number of outstanding common shares of 1,125,000 shares issued the Company’s common stock offering in May 2010.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, the difference between interest income and fee income on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on deposits and borrowings, provides the primary basis for the Company’s results of operations.

Net interest income is dependent on the amounts and yields earned on interest earning assets as compared to the amounts of and rates paid on interest bearing liabilities.

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

The following table presents the significant categories of the assets and liabilities of the Bank, interest income and interest expense, and the corresponding yields earned and rates paid in 2011, 2010 and 2009. The assets and liabilities are presented as daily averages. The average loan balances include both performing and non-performing loans. Interest income on loans does not include interest on loans for which the Bank has ceased to accrue interest. Securities are stated at fair value. Interest and yield are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

28

		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00
	2011						2010						2009
	Average Balance		Interest		Yield/ Rate		Average Balance		Interest		Yield/ Rate		Average Balance		Interest		Yield/ Rate
	(dollars in thousands)						(dollars in thousands)						(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Loans and leases, net		$535,526		$29,140		5.44%		$494,366		$28,102		5.68%		$439,710		$27,416		6.24%
Taxable securities		62,269		2,115		3.40%		50,149		1,740		3.47%		40,594		1,608		3.96%
Tax-exempt securities		37,201		1,434		3.85%		39,330		1,566		3.98%		40,242		1,676		4.16%
Federal funds sold		16,395		26		0.16%		4,642		9		0.19%		1,188		1		0.08%
Total interest-earning assets		651,391		32,715		5.02%		588,487		31,417		5.34%		521,734		30,701		5.88%
Non interest-earning assets:
Cash and due from banks		14,223						13,281						12,337
Premises and equipment, net		10,607						10,054						9,547
Other assets		35,760						35,059						32,886
Total Assets		$711,981						$646,881						$576,504
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
NOW		$44,639		548		1.23%		$24,981		251		1.00%		$11,514		41		0.36%
Regular savings deposits		280,606		2,019		0.72%		237,939		1,648		0.69%		197,178		2,226		1.13%
Muni-vest savings		27,272		131		0.48%		30,005		145		0.48%		33,266		209		0.63%
Time deposits		131,171		2,923		2.23%		142,360		3,616		2.54%		142,893		4,368		3.06%
Other borrowed funds		23,287		760		3.26%		31,721		909		2.87%		32,758		843		2.57%
Junior subordinated debentures		11,330		331		2.92%		11,330		333		2.94%		11,330		399		3.52%
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase		6,679		15		0.22%		7,531		20		0.27%		5,331		21		0.39%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		524,984		6,727		1.28%		485,867		6,922		1.42%		434,270		8,107		1.87%
Non interest-bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits		108,522						92,072						85,181
Other		11,829						11,006						12,013
Total liabilities		645,335						588,945						531,464
Stockholders’ equity		66,646						57,936						45,040
Total Liabilities & Equity		$711,981						$646,881						$576,504
Net interest income				$25,988						$24,495						$22,594
Net interest margin						3.99%						4.16%						4.33%
Interest rate spread						3.74%						3.92%						4.01%

The following table segregates changes in interest earned and paid for the past two years into amounts attributable to changes in volume and changes in rates by major categories of assets and liabilities. The change in interest income and expense due to both volume and rate has been allocated in the table to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

29

		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00
	2011 Compared to 2010 Increase (Decrease) Due to						2010 Compared to 2009 Increase (Decrease) Due to
					(in thousands)
	Volume		Rate		Total		Volume		Rate		Total
Interest earned on:
Loans and leases		$2,274		($1,236)		$1,038		$3,232		($2,546)		$686
Taxable securities		412		(37)		375		348		(216)		132
Tax-exempt securities		(83)		(49)		(132)		(37)		(73)		(110)
Federal funds sold		19		(2)		17		6		2		8
Total interest-earning assets		$2,622		($1,324)		$1,298		$3,549		($2,833)		$716
Interest paid on:
NOW accounts		$232		$65		$297		$82		$128		$210
Savings deposits		305		66		371		398		(976)		(578)
Muni-vest		(13)		(1)		(14)		(19)		(45)		(64)
Time deposits		(271)		(422)		(693)		(16)		(736)		(752)
Fed funds purchased and other borrowings		(244)		88		(156)		29		(30)		(1)
Total interest-bearing liabilities		$9		($204)		($195)		$474		($1,659)		($1,185)

Net interest income increased by $1.5 million, or 6.1%, to $26.0 million in 2011 from $24.5 million in 2010. As indicated in the preceding table, interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability volume positively impacted net interest income by $2.6 million, while rates earned and paid on those respective assets and liabilities negatively impacted net interest income by $1.1 million. Overall, the increase in the volume of loans and investment securities and the benefit of lower rates paid on time deposits was partially offset by lower rates earned on interest-earning assets, particularly loans and leases.

The FRB has executed on a monetary policy designed to keep interest rates at all time lows for the past three years. The target overnight rate has been between 0.00% and 0.25% since the end of 2008. The FRB has also executed on other quantitative easing strategies, including the purchase of mortgage-backed securities, in an attempt to depress longer-term market interest rates. Although these policies have raised concerns from some observers about future inflation, the slow-growing global economy and generally pessimistic expectations for future growth have kept longer-term rates relatively low through 2011. This interest rate environment resulted in lower interest yields earned on assets as well as lower rates paid on liabilities.

The Company has invested in adding to its commercial loan portfolio significantly in the past two to three years by adding several commercial loan officers while existing loan officers have successfully increased production. The total commercial loan portfolio, including commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, increased by 14.3%, from a $356.3 million average balance in 2010 to a $407.1 million average balance in 2011. Consumer loans increased 4.3% from $123.2 million average balance in 2010 to $128.5 million in 2011. Investment securities volume positively impacted net interest income by $0.3 million as management used the excess liquidity from the Company’s strong deposit growth to purchase investments.

On the funding side, the Company has been successful in attracting new deposit customers, with most of that success coming in the premium-rate Better Checking, Better Savings, and business money market accounts. The impact of these premium rate accounts is evidenced in the table above as the Company paid higher rates on NOW and savings deposits in 2011 versus 2010. While these products have put some pressure on the net interest margin, the Company expects to benefit in the long term from the deeper relationships that these core deposits products provide. In order to get the premium rates, customers have to have multiple products with the Company and demonstrate its core relationship with the Bank through required transaction activity in checking accounts. Due to customer preference for liquid deposits with long-term rates at all-time lows, time deposit balances decreased in 2011 as demand for the product remained weak. Also, as time deposits roll off, they have been replaced by lower rate deposits due to the low interest rate environment.

Net interest spread, or the difference between yield on interest-earning assets and rate on interest-bearing liabilities, declined to 3.74% in 2011, compared with 3.92% in 2010. The yield on interest-earning assets decreased 32 basis points

30

from 5.34% in 2010 to 5.02% in 2011, and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 14 basis points, from 1.42% in 2010 to 1.28 % in 2011. Net interest spread shrank as the yield curve, or the difference between long-term rates and short-term rates, flattened throughout 2011. Banks traditionally benefit from a steep yield curve because the duration of interest-earnings assets is typically longer than the duration of interest-bearing liabilities.

The Company’s net interest margin decreased from 4.16% in 2010 to 3.99% in 2011, reflecting the changes to the net interest spread. It should be noted that several factors could put additional pressure on the Company’s net interest margin in the future, including further flattening of the yield curve and increased pricing competition for loans and deposits.

The Bank regularly monitors its exposure to interest rate risk. Management believes that the proper management of interest-sensitive funds will help protect the Bank’s earnings against extreme changes in interest rates. The Bank’s Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) meets monthly for the purpose of evaluating the Bank’s short-term and long-term liquidity position and the potential impact on capital and earnings of changes in interest rates. The Bank has adopted an asset/liability policy that specifies minimum limits for liquidity and capital ratios. This policy includes setting ranges for the negative impact acceptable on net interest income and on the fair value of equity as a result of a shift in interest rates. The asset/liability policy also includes guidelines for investment activities and funds management. At its monthly meetings, ALCO reviews the Bank’s status and formulates its strategies based on current economic conditions, interest rate forecasts, loan demand, deposit volatility and the Bank’s earnings objectives.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company’s provision for loan and lease losses decreased $1.4 million from $3.9 million in 2010 to $2.5 million in 2011. The decrease was a result of a provision recovery of $0.5 million for the leasing portfolio in 2011, compared with a provision for lease losses of $1.5 million in 2010. This $2.0 million improvement in leasing provision was somewhat offset by the increase in the provision for loan losses from $2.4 million in 2010 to $3.0 million in 2011. The provision for loan losses in 2011 stemmed mostly from growth in the loan portfolio, the increase in reserves on several impaired loan relationships, and an increase in historical loss and qualitative factors to account for increased risk in the portfolio. Five impaired relationships with significant related allowance that were either commercial real estate or commercial and industrial loans accounted for $0.9 million in provision for loan losses in 2011. The provision for impaired loans was a mix of added reserves for impaired loans that were already impaired as of December 31, 2010 and newly impaired loans in 2011 that had a measureable impairment requiring additional specific reserve. The net charge-off ratio increased from 0.10% in 2010 to 0.26% in 2011, resulting in an increase in the Company’s historical loss factors. With the Company’s loan portfolio continuing to grow at a fast pace compared to peers, there is increased risk in underwriting and ongoing portfolio management that was reflected in an increase in the Company’s qualitative loss factors.

The non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases ratio was slightly lower at 2.60% at December 31, 2011 compared with 2.64% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Trends in non-performing loans and charge-offs are good indicators of credit quality and provide context for the movement in the provision for loan and lease losses. Trends in those two important credit quality indicators are presented and discussed in the next section. A description of how the allowance for loan and lease losses is determined along with tabular data depicting the key factors in calculating the allowance is in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes 1 and 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Non-accrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans and Leases

The following table summarizes the Bank’s non-accrual and accruing loans and leases 90 days or more past due as of the dates listed below. See Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further information about the Company’s non-accrual, past due and restructured loans and leases.

31

		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00		$000.00
	At December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	(in thousands)
Non-accruing loans and leases:
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential mortgages		$1,048		$742		$978		$-		$-
Commercial and multi-family		6,858		5,724		2,328		1,291		112
Construction-residential		167		186		-		-		-
Construction-commercial		1,442		850		417		417		-
Home equities		946		256		181		51		-
Total mortgage loans on real estate		10,461		7,758		3,904		1,759		112
Direct financing leases		1,160		2,930		2,905		791		215
Commercial and industrial loans		2,180		2,203		1,784		758		224
Consumer installment loans		76		230		243		-		-
Other		-		-		-		123		-
Total non-accruing loans and leases		$13,877		$13,121		$8,836		$3,431		$551
Accruing loans and leases 90+ days past due		1,299		806		4,112		148		163
Total non-performing loans and leases		$15,176		$13,927		$12,948		$3,579		$714
Total non-performing loans and leases to total assets		2.05%		2.07%		2.09%		0.68%		0.16%
Total non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases		2.60%		2.64%		2.64%		0.88%		0.22%

Non-performing loans and leases increased from $13.9 million at December 31, 2010 to $15.2 million at December 31, 2011. Non-accruing loans and leases increased $0.8 million from $13.1 million at December 31, 2010 to $13.9 million at December 31, 2011. The largest portion of non-accruing loans and leases is the commercial real estate portfolio (classified in the preceding table as commercial and multi-family real estate and construction-commercial), which increased from $6.6 million at December 31, 2010 to $8.3 million at December 31, 2011. There were 5 commercial real estate loan relationships totaling $2.3 million that entered into non-accruing status in 2011. The relationships were with businesses in various industries. Decreases in the non-accruing commercial real estate portfolio were from $0.3 million in pay-downs on the various commercial real estate loans that remained in non-accrual throughout 2011, the pay-off of a $0.2 million loan during 2011, and a $0.1 million charge-off in 2011.

The next largest segment of non-accruing loans and leases are the C&I loans, which were essentially flat at $2.2 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011. $1.0 million of last year’s C&I non-accruing balance charged off in 2011 while $0.6 million of the balance was paid down or paid off. There were $1.6 million in new non-accruing C&I loans with most of the increase coming from the tree nursery relationship noted in the previous paragraph.

Non-accruing leases decreased from $2.9 million at December 31, 2010 to $1.2 million at December 31, 2011. The Company discontinued direct financing lease originations in April 2009 and plans to service the portfolio to maturity. Unlike 2010, the charge-offs and pay-downs of non-accruing leases in 2011 exceeded the amount of leases going into non-accruing status, resulting in the decrease in the non-accruing lease balance.

Non-accruing consumer real estate loans, including residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit, doubled in 2011, from $1.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $2.0 million at December 31, 2011. $0.5 million of the $1.0 million increase is related to the former Waterford loan portfolio purchased from the FDIC in 2009.

The former Waterford loans are covered by a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, under which the FDIC agreed to bear 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $5.6 million and 95% of losses beyond $5.6 million. The former Waterford loans will be referred to as covered loans in this document because they are “covered” by the FDIC guarantee. The Company has incurred $1.5 million in losses on the covered portfolio through December 31, 2011.

Loans and leases 90+ days past due and still accruing interest of $1.3 million at December 31, 2011 consist of 2 commercial construction loans that are being extended, but are currently past their original maturity date. Management considers these loans well secured and in the process of collection, and still believes that the Company will collect the

32

full value of principal and interest as contracted. The proposed extensions do not involve lowering the interest rate or monthly payment on the loans or other concessions. Neither borrower is considered to be in financial difficulty. Therefore, these loans are not considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”).

The Company had $7.7 million in loans and leases that were restructured and deemed to be a TDR at December 31, 2011 with $7.1 million of those balances in non-accrual status. Any TDR that is placed on non-accrual is not reverted back to accruing status until the borrower makes timely payments as contracted for at least six months and future collection under the revised terms is probable. One commercial mortgage loan for $0.2 million is covered under the loss-sharing arrangement with the FDIC described above. These restructurings were allowed in an effort to maximize the Company’s ability to collect on loans and leases where borrowers were experiencing financial difficulty. There were no new TDR’s identified as a result of the Company’s adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-02,A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuringas discussed more fully in Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table presents the Company’s TDR loans and leases as of December 31, 2011:

		$000,00.00		$000,00.00		$000,00.00		$000,00.00
	December 31, 2011
	($ in thousands)
	Total		Nonaccruing		Accruing		Related Allowance
Commercial and industrial		$1,432		$1,362		$70		$64
Residential real estate:
Residential		-		-		-		-
Construction		-		-		-		-
Commercial real estate:
Commercial and multi family		5,258		5,258		-		708
Construction		-		-		-		-
Home equities		327		-		327		-
Direct financing leases		714		439		275		330
Consumer loans		-		-		-		-
Other		-		-		-		-
Total troubled restructured loans and leases		$7,731		$7,059		$672		$1,102

33

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table summarizes the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses and changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses by categories:

ANALYSIS OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000			$000,000		$000,000
	2011		2010		2009			2008		2007
	(in thousands)
BALANCE AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR		$10,424		$6,971		$6,087			$4,555		$3,739
CHARGE-OFFS:							��
Residential mortgages		-		-		-			-		-
Commercial and multi-family		(189)		-		-			-		-
Construction-residential		-		-		-			-		-
Construction-commercial		-		(104)		-			-		-
Home equities		-		-		(34)			(1)		(5)
Direct financing leases		-		-		(9,483)			(2,149)		(1,048)
Commercial loans		(1,305)		(388)		(285)			-		(154)
Consumer loans		(2)		(4)		-			(2)		(5)
Other		(26)		(53)		(56)			(53)		(59)
TOTAL CHARGE-OFFS		(1,522)		(549)		(9,858)			(2,205)		(1,271)
RECOVERIES:
Residential mortgages		-		-		-			-		1
Commercial and multi-family		57		-		-			-		-
Construction-residential		-		-		-			-		-
Construction-commercial		-		30		-			-		-
Home equities		2		1		-			-		-
Direct financing leases		-		-		211			170		105
Commercial loans		39		4		9			36		26
Consumer loans		1		-		-			2		17
Other		10		24		22			21		21
TOTAL RECOVERIES		109		59		242			229		170
NET CHARGE-OFFS		(1,413)		(490)		(9,616)			(1,976)		(1,101)
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES		2,484		3,943		10,500			3,508		1,917
BALANCE AT END OF YEAR		$11,495		$10,424		$6,971			$6,087		$4,555
RATIO OF NET CHARGE-OFFS TO AVERAGE NET LOANS AND LEASES OUTSTANDING		0.26%		0.10%		2.19%			0.55%		0.37%
RATIO OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES TO TOTAL LOANS AND LEASES		1.97%		1.97%		1.42%			1.49%		1.41%

Net charge-offs increased from $0.5 million in 2010 to $1.4 million in 2011. The ratio of net charge-offs to average net loans and leases outstanding increased from 0.10% to 0.26%. Most of the charge-offs in 2011 were related to loans that were identified as impaired and adequately reserved for at December 31, 2010. While net charge-offs did increase in 2011, the net charge-off ratio remains low by industry standards.

34

An allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio type over the past five years follows (dollars in thousands):

		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000		$000,000
	Balance at 12/31/2011 Attributable to:		Percent of loans in each category to total loans:		Balance at 12/31/2010 Attributable to:		Percent of loans in each category to total loans:		Balance at 12/31/2009 Attributable to:		Percent of loans in each category to total loans		Balance at 12/31/2008 Attributable to:		Percent of loans in each category to total loans		Balance at 12/31/2007 Attributable to:		Percent of loans in each category to total loans
Residential     Mortgages*		$793		13.0%		$548		13.5%		$559		14.2%		$238		13.9%		$237		17.4%
Commercial     Mortgages*		4,670		57.3%		4,252		55.6%		3,324		53.5%		1,646		48.0%		1,379		43.5%
Home     Equities		768		9.4%		540		10.1%		495		10.2%		256		9.7%		216		11.1%
Commercial     Loans		4,085		18.8%		3,435		17.3%		2,387		14.9%		1,289		13.4%		1,276		13.1%
Consumer     Loans^		36		0.5%		29		0.6%		57		0.8%		60		0.6%		72		1.0%
Direct     financing     leases		994		1.0%		1,471		2.9%		–		6.4%		2,449		14.4%		1,215		13.9%
Unallocated		149		–%		149		–%		149		–%		149		–%		160		–%
Total		$11,495		100.0%		$10,424		100.0%		$6,971		100.0%		$6,087		100.0%		$4,555		100.0%

* includes construction loans

^includes other loans

Allowance for C&I loans comprises 35.5% of the allowance for loan and lease losses despite being only 18.8% of the loan and lease portfolio, while the allowance related to commercial mortgages comprises 40.6% of the allowance for loan and lease losses despite being 57.3% of the total loan and lease portfolio. Historically, particularly in 2011, C&I loans have suffered far higher losses than the commercial mortgage portfolio. However, the Company did have several impaired commercial real estate loans with significant reserves at December 31, 2011 that could eventually lead to charge-offs in 2012 or later.

The troubled economy resulted in a significant increase in net charge-offs in the direct financing lease portfolio during 2009. The $9.3 million in net leasing charge-offs included a mark-to-market adjustment of $7.2 million on the total portfolio after the Company initially announced its intention to sell the portfolio during the second quarter of 2009. The fair value calculation was based on competitive bids. Subsequent to that initial announcement, the Company decided to keep and service the remaining leasing portfolio until maturity rather than sell the portfolio at a distressed value in a difficult market. Under GAAP, the Company did not reverse the mark-to-market adjustment made at June 30, 2009, even though it no longer intended to sell the portfolio. The adjustment initially represented the difference between the leasing portfolio’s principal value and fair value. Although leases are not valued at fair value any longer as the Company no longer intends to sell the portfolio, there remains a difference between the principal value and carrying value. As leases are deemed uncollectible, the principal value is written down and the difference between the principal value and the carrying value becomes smaller. The following table illustrates the charge-off activity in the leasing portfolio along with some relevant credit quality data:

35

	As of December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Direct financing lease principal balance		$6,509		$16,968		$35,645
Mark-to-market adjustment		(488)		(1,493)		(4,159)
Direct financing lease carrying balance		$6,021		$15,475		$31,486
	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Beginning balance of mark		$1,493		$4,159		$0
Mark-to-market adjustment		-		-		7,164
Net write-offs		(1,005)		(2,666)		(3,005)
Remaining mark		$488		$1,493		$4,159
Allowance for lease losses, beginning balance		$1,471		$0		$2,450
(Reduction of) provision for lease losses		(477)		1,471		6,822
Leasing net charge-offs		-		-		(9,272)
Allowance for lease losses, ending balance		$994		$1,471		$0
Total mark plus allowance		$1,482		$2,964		$4,159
Mark plus allowance / leasing principal balance		22.77%		17.47%		11.67%
Non-accruing leases		$1,160		$2,930		$2,905
Non-accruing leases / leasing principal balance		17.82%		17.27%		8.15%

In 2010, the leasing portfolio continued to deteriorate as non-accruing leases increased slightly, despite the overall principal balance of the portfolio declining by 52.4%, resulting in an increase in the non-accruing lease ratio from 8.15% at December 31, 2009 to 17.27% at December 31, 2010. The apparent deterioration in the portfolio resulted in management provisioning for $1.5 million in additional lease losses. In 2011, performance in the portfolio improved with non-accruing leases declining 60.4% as the portfolio continued to roll off. Consequently, the non-accruing lease ratio stabilized at 17.82% at December 31, 2011, compared with 17.27% at December 31, 2010. Also, net write-offs slowed in 2011 at $1.0 million compared with $2.7 million in 2010. This caused the mark plus allowance ratio to improve from 17.47% at December 31, 2010 to 22.77% at December 31, 2011. The combined impact of the reduced non-accruing leases and net lease write-offs was a sharp increase in the coverage of the mark plus allowance compared with non-accruing leases. The improved credit quality metrics in 2011 resulted in management releasing allowance of $0.5 million.

Overall, the ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loan and leases was flat year over year, at 1.97% on December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The ratio of non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases declined slightly from 2.64% from December 31, 2010 to 2.60% at December 31, 2011. Therefore, the coverage ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans and leases increased slightly from 75% to 76%. There are two other factors that significantly influence these ratios.

The first factor is the acquisition of Waterford’s loan portfolio. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $25.0 million in loans from the acquisition that are covered under the loss share agreement with the FDIC. Under the agreement, the Company is eligible to be reimbursed for 80% of the losses on the acquired loans’ original carrying value. At the time of acquisition, the Company wrote down any impaired loans to fair value. The $2.0 million in impaired loans and $0.2 million in other real estate were written down by $1.4 million, to a net carrying value of $0.8 million. These loans were immediately put on non-accruing status. These loans currently have a carrying value of less than $0.1 million. $2.5 million in loans acquired from Waterford have been placed in non-accruing status subsequent to the acquisition date. Because of the 80% guarantee provided by the FDIC, the amount of allowance for loan losses on this $25.0 million loan portfolio is only $0.1 million, or 0.40% of the acquired loan portfolio.

The second factor is the direct financing lease portfolio. Due to the significant credit issues in this portfolio, the leasing portfolio carries a higher allowance ratio than the rest of the portfolio. The coverage ratio of 85.7% is lower than the legacy loan portfolio. However, this lower ratio is mitigated by the remaining mark on the portfolio as discussed and shown in the previous table. The following table depicts the allowance and non-performing ratios by segregating the

36

legacy loan portfolio, the purchased loan portfolio that is partially guaranteed by the FDIC and the leasing portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively:

December 31, 2011
($ in thousands)	Balance		Allowance for loans and leases		Non-performing loan and lease losses		Allowance for loan and lease losses/Total loans and leases		Non-performing loans/Total loans and leases		Allowance for loan and lease losses/Non- performing loans
Legacy portfolio		$552,346		$10,400		$11,488		1.88%		2.08%		90.53%
Acquired loans		25,038		101		2,528		0.40%		10.10%		4.00%
Leases		6,021		994		1,160		16.51%		19.27%		85.69%
Total		$583,405		$11,495		$15,176		1.97%		2.60%		75.74%
December 31, 2010
($ in thousands)	Balance		Allowance for loans and leases		Non-performing loan and lease losses		Allowance for loan and lease losses/Total loans and leases		Non-performing loans/Total loans and leases		Allowance for loan and lease losses/Non- performing loans
Legacy portfolio		$478,346		$8,834		$8,515		1.85%		1.78%		103.75%
Acquired loans		34,157		119		2,482		0.35%		7.27%		4.80%
Leases		15,475		1,471		2,930		9.51%		18.93%		50.20%
Total		$527,978		$10,424		$13,927		1.97%		2.64%		74.85%

The Company maintains a robust loan review process to ensure that specific credits are appropriately reserved. In particular, management continues to monitor the leasing portfolio closely in a more challenging economic environment. Also, management is cognizant that commercial real estate values may be more susceptible to decline than other types of loans in an adverse economy. Management believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses is reflective of a fair assessment of the current environment and credit quality trends.

Non-Interest Income

Total non-interest income decreased $0.2 million, or 1.6%, from 2010 to 2011. There were two primary factors driving the decrease. The first factor is the decrease in insurance service and fee revenue of $0.1 million, or 1.3%, to $6.9 million. TEA’s revenue is the largest component of non-interest income at 55.5% of total non-interest income. TEA remains a source of diversification in the earnings of the Company and helps generate income not directly impacted by difficult credit or interest rate environments. However, during 2011, TEA revenue growth continued to remain stagnant due to the soft insurance market. Second, deposit service charges declined $0.1 million, or 6.0%, from prior year, to $1.8 million. This is attributable to decreases in overdraft fees as a result of the full year effect of new regulations that became effective in July 2010. Despite the decrease, deposit service charges remain the second largest component of non-interest income at 14.3% of total non-interest income.

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expense increased $1.1 million, or 4.3%, from $26.1 million in 2010 to $27.2 million in 2011. The largest increase in non-interest expense was in salaries and employee benefits, which increased $1.0 million, or 6.7%, in comparison to 2010. Most of the rest of the increase stems from merit increases, added positions, and expense related to an increase in the Company’s 401(k) matching contributions. In 2011, the Company continued to add commercial loan officers along with the corresponding support staff such as credit analysts and a special assets manager.

Advertising expense increased $0.2 million, or 29.5%, as the Company attempted to lure customers displaced from bank merger and acquisition activity in Western New York. In 2011, HSBC Bank USA, the market leader in the Company’s footprint of Western New York, announced that it was selling all of its retail branches to First Niagara Financial Group

37

(“First Niagara”). First Niagara subsequently announced that it would be selling some of the acquired branches to comply with anti-trust regulations.

Professional service expenses increased $0.2 million, or 15.9%, to $1.8 million in 2011. Most of the increase is attributable to increased legal expenses from non-performing loans. While non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans and leases have actually decreased over the past two years, the non-accruing loan portfolio has increased 57% to $13.9 million over the past two years. As a result, the Company has had to dedicate more resources to properly manage the larger workout portfolio.

These increases were somewhat offset by decreases in FDIC insurance premiums and intangible amortization expense. After a significant increase in FDIC insurance premiums in 2009 and 2010, the Company benefited from the change in calculation of the assessment base stipulated by the Dodd-Frank Act. The change in the calculation resulted in a decrease in FDIC insurance expense of $0.4 million to $0.7 million.

In 2011, the Company benefited from the expiration of the amortization of intangibles related to its purchase of Suchak Data Systems in 2008. Amortization expense declined from $0.9 million in 2010 to $0.5 million in 2011.

The efficiency ratio expresses the relationship of operating expenses to revenues. The Company’s efficiency ratio, or non-interest operating expenses (exclusive of non-cash goodwill impairment and intangible amortization) divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income (exclusive of gains and losses from investment securities), was 69.7% in 2011, an increase from 2010’s ratio of 67.9% as a result of the Company’s declining net interest margin, declining fee income, and investments in additional employees and infrastructure.

Taxes

The provision for income taxes in 2011 was $2.6 million on pre-tax income of $8.7 million for an effective rate of 29.7%, compared with an effective rate of 31.6% in 2010. A majority of the decrease in effective rate is due to the recognition of a previously unrecognized tax benefit of $0.1 million after the resolution of a prior year tax matter. The rest of the variance in effective rate is caused by the growth in tax-exempt income in 2011.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND DECEMBER 31, 2009

Net Income

Net income of $4.8 million in 2010 consisted of $4.1 million related to the Company’s banking activities and $0.7 million in net income related to the Company’s insurance agency activities. The total net income of $4.8 million or $1.34 per basic and diluted share in 2010 compares with $0.7 million or $0.25 per basic and diluted share for 2009.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income increased by $1.9 million, or 8.4%, to $24.5 million in 2010 from $22.6 million in 2009. Interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability volume positively impacted net interest income by $3.1 million, while rates earned and paid on those respective assets and liabilities negatively impacted net interest income by $1.2 million. Overall, the increase in the volume of loans and investment securities and the benefit of lower rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities was partially offset by lower rates earned on interest-earning assets, particularly loans and leases.

Low interest rates helped support loan demand. The impact on net interest income from loan volume was also affected by the acquisition of Waterford’s loan portfolio of $41.0 million in July 2009. A full year of balances of the former Waterford portfolio contributed to the increase in average loans and leases in 2010 compared with 2009. Total loan growth continued to be driven by commercial loan growth, which increased by 12.7%, from a $336.5 million average balance in 2009 to a $379.1 million average balance in 2010. Consumer loans increased 13.1% from $109.0 million average balance in 2009 to $123.2 million in 2010. Investment securities volume positively impacted net interest income by $0.3 million as the Company used the proceeds from raising capital from the sale of its common stock to purchase investments.

On the funding side, the Company was successful in attracting new deposit customers, with most of that success coming in the premium-rate Better Checking, Better Savings, and business money market accounts. In order to get the premium rates, customers have to have multiple products with the Company and demonstrate its core relationship with the Bank through required transaction activity in checking accounts.

38

Net interest spread, or the difference between yield on interest-earning assets and rate on interest-bearing liabilities, declined to 3.92% in 2010, compared with 4.01% in 2009. The yield on interest-earning assets decreased 54 basis points from 5.88% in 2009 to 5.34% in 2010, and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 45 basis points, from 1.87% in 2009 to 1.42 % in 2010. Net interest spread remained wide as the yield curve, or the difference between long-term rates and short-term rates, remained fairly steep throughout 2010. Banks traditionally benefit from a steep yield curve because the duration of interest-earnings assets is typically longer than the duration of interest-bearing liabilities. Another effect of the difference in the duration of assets and liabilities is that after the Company’s spread widened in 2008 because it was able to re-price its liabilities faster than its assets, its spread has declined as assets continue to re-price while liabilities have already re-priced with less ability for any further re-pricing. The Company’s net interest margin decreased from 4.33% in 2009 to 4.16% in 2010, reflecting the changes to the net interest spread.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company’s provision for loan and lease losses decreased $6.6 million from $10.5 million in 2009 to $3.9 million in 2010. Most of the decrease was due to the significant credit issues experienced in the Company’s national lease portfolio during 2009. The provision for lease losses decreased $5.3 million from $6.8 million in 2009 to $1.5 million in 2010. The provision for loan losses also decreased, going from $3.7 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010. Management continued to identify and provision for impaired loans and increases in criticized loan pools. However, the increases in impaired loans and criticized loans were not as substantial in 2010, resulting in a lower loan loss provision. Another reason for the lower provision is that while the economy remained stagnant, it did stabilize somewhat, particularly expectations of future economic growth. By comparison, the economy deteriorated throughout 2009. While the non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases ratio was flat at 2.64% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the ratio had increased substantially from 0.88% at December 31, 2008 to 2.64% at December 31, 2009. The increase in non-performing loans and leases during 2009 was a contributing factor to the higher provision for loan and lease losses during 2009.

Non-Interest Income

Total non-interest income in 2010 decreased $1.4 million, or 10.2% from 2009 to 2010. Excluding the one-time gain of $0.7 million on the bargain purchase of Waterford in 2009, the decrease was 5.7%. There were several factors driving the decrease. The first factor was the decrease in insurance service and fee revenue of $0.2 million, or 2.8%, to $7.0 million. TEA’s revenue is the largest component of non-interest income at 55.3% of total non-interest income. TEA remains a source of diversification in the earnings of the Company and helps generate income not directly impacted by difficult credit or interest rate environments. However, during 2010, TEA revenue growth continued to remain stagnant due to the soft insurance market. Second, bank service charges declined $0.4 million, or 16.1%, from prior year, to $1.9 million. This is attributable to decreases in overdraft fees as a result of new regulations that became effective in July 2010. The third primary reason for the decrease in non-interest income was the decrease in BOLI income of $0.1 million, to $0.5 million in 2010. That decrease was a result of a gain on life insurance proceeds of $0.1 million in 2009.

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expenses were flat at $26.1 million in 2010. However, when excluding the one-time goodwill impairment charge related to the Company’s leasing reporting unit in 2009, non-interest expenses increased $2.0 million or 8.4% in 2010 over 2009. The largest increase in non-interest expense was in salaries and employee benefits, which increased $2.1 million, or 16.2%, in comparison to 2009. Incentive compensation was $0.8 million in 2010. In 2009, there was no accrual for bonuses due to the Company’s poor performance. Most of the rest of the increase stems from merit increases and other added positions, including $0.1 million from a full year of staffing the former Waterford branch. In 2010, the Company made significant investments in revenue-generating positions such as commercial loan officers, residential mortgage loan officers, cash manager and financial services representatives along with the corresponding support staff such as credit analysts.

FDIC insurance premiums remained high at $1.0 million in 2010 compared to $0.9 million in 2009. Insurance premiums in 2010 and 2009 charged by the FDIC increased significantly from previous levels in an attempt to replenish the depleted insurance fund after the wave of bank failures in the two years preceding the increase.

Occupancy expense increased approximately $0.2 million or 6.3% from 2009 to 2010, primarily due to the purchase of the former Waterford branch in March 2010. These costs also can be related to higher property taxes, depreciation, and maintenance.

The efficiency ratio expresses the relationship of operating expenses to revenues. The Company’s efficiency ratio, or non-interest operating expenses (exclusive of non-cash goodwill impairment and intangible amortization) divided by the

39

sum of net interest income and non-interest income (exclusive of gains and losses from investment securities), was 67.9% in 2010, an increase from 2009’s ratio of 63.2% as a result of the Company’s declining net interest margin, declining fee income, and investments in additional employees and infrastructure.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

The Company had total assets of $740.9 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $69.4 million or 10.3% from $671.5 million at December 31, 2010. Net loans of $571.9 million increased 10.5% or $54.3 million over 2010. Securities increased $13.7 million or 14.7% over 2010. Deposits increased by $71.7 million or 13.2%. Stockholders’ equity increased $5.9 million or 9.4% from 2010.

Securities Activities

The primary objectives of the Bank’s securities portfolio are to provide liquidity and maximize income while preserving safety of principal. Secondary objectives include: providing collateral to secure local municipal deposits, the investment of funds during periods of decreased loan demand, interest rate sensitivity considerations, supporting local communities through the purchase of tax-exempt securities and tax planning considerations. The Bank’s Board of Directors is responsible for establishing overall policy and reviewing performance of the Bank’s investments.

Under the Bank’s policy, acceptable portfolio investments include: United States (“U.S.”) Government obligations, obligations of federal agencies or U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage backed securities, municipal obligations (general obligations, revenue obligations, school districts and non-rated issues from the Bank’s general market area), banker’s acceptances, certificates of deposit, Industrial Development Authority Bonds, Public Housing Authority Bonds, corporate bonds (each corporation limited to the Bank’s legal lending limit), collateralized mortgage obligations, Small Business Investment Companies (SBIC), Federal Reserve stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

In regard to municipal securities, the Company’s general investment policy is that in-state securities must be rated at least Moody’s Baa (or equivalent) at the time of purchase. The Company reviews the ratings report and municipality financial statements and prepares a pre-purchase analysis report before the purchase of any municipal securities. Out-of-state issues must be rated by Moody’s at least Aa (or equivalent) at the time of purchase. The Company did not own any out-of-state municipal bonds at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010. Bonds rated below A are reviewed periodically to ensure their continued credit worthiness. While purchase of non-rated municipal securities is permitted, such purchases are limited to bonds issued by municipalities in the Company’s general market area. Those municipalities are typically customers of the Bank whose financial situation is familiar to management. The financial statements of the issuers of non-rated securities are reviewed by the Bank and a credit file of the issuers is kept on each non-rated municipal security with relevant financial information.

Although concerns have been raised in the marketplace recently about the health of municipal bonds, the Company has not experienced any credit troubles in this portfolio and does not believe any credit troubles are imminent. Aside from the non-rated municipal securities to local municipalities discussed above that are considered held-to-maturity, all of the Company’s available-for-sale municipal bonds are investment-grade government obligation (“G.O.”) bonds. G.O. bonds are generally considered safer than revenue bonds because they are backed by the full faith and credit of the government while revenue bonds rely on the revenue produced by a particular project. All of the Company’s municipal bonds are to municipalities in New York State. To the Company’s knowledge, there has never been a default of a NY G.O. in the history of the state. The Company believes that its risk of loss on default of a G.O. municipal bond for the Company is relatively low. However, historical performance does not guarantee future performance

Pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 320, “Investments – Debt and Equity Securities,” which establishes accounting treatment for investments in securities, all securities in the Bank’s investment portfolio are either designated as “held to maturity” or “available for sale.”

Fair values for available for sale securities are determined using independent pricing services and market-participating brokers. The Company’s independent pricing service is Interactive Data. Interactive Data utilizes evaluated pricing models that vary by asset class and incorporate available trade, bid and other market information for structured securities, cash flow and, when available, loan performance data. Because many fixed income securities do not trade on a daily basis, Interactive Data’s evaluated pricing applications apply information as applicable through processes, such as benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing, to prepare evaluations. In addition, Interactive Data uses model processes, such as the Option Adjusted Spread model, to assess interest rate impact and develop prepayment scenarios. The models and the process take into account market convention. For each asset class, a team of evaluators gathers information from market sources and integrates relevant credit information, perceived market movements and sector news into the evaluated pricing applications and models. Interactive Data, at times, may

40

determine that it does not have sufficient verifiable information to value a particular security. In these cases the Company will utilize valuations from another pricing service.

Management believes that it has a sufficient understanding of the third party service’s valuation models, assumptions and inputs used in determining the fair value of securities to enable management to maintain an appropriate system of internal control. On a quarterly basis the Company reviews changes, as submitted by Interactive Data, in the market value of its security portfolio. Individual changes in valuations are reviewed for consistency with general interest rate movements and any known credit concerns for specific securities. Additionally, on an annual basis the Company has its entire security portfolio priced by a second pricing service to determine consistency with another market evaluator. If, on the Company’s review or in comparing with another servicer, a material difference between pricing evaluations were to exist, the Company may submit an inquiry to Interactive Data regarding the data used to value a particular security. If the Company determines it has market information that would support a different valuation than Interactive Data’s evaluation it can submit a challenge for a change to that security’s valuation. There were no material differences in valuations noted in 2011.

Securities and interest-bearing deposits at banks made up 17.8% of the Company’s total average interest-earning assets in 2011 compared with 16.0% in 2010. These assets provide the Company with additional sources of liquidity and income and act as collateral for the Bank’s municipal deposits. The Company’s securities portfolio outstanding balances increased 15.8% from $89.6 million at December 31, 2010 to $103.8 million at December 31, 2011, while the interest-bearing deposits at banks grew from $0.3 million to $3.2 million over the same time period. The increase in the investment portfolios is a result of the rapid rate of deposit growth outpacing loan growth. While total deposits grew $71.7 million in 2011, total gross loans grew $55.4 million. In a difficult economy like the current environment, creditworthy businesses are less likely to take risks, make large investments, and seek credit, and are more likely to deposit their excess cash flow in a safe investment like a bank deposit. While the loan portfolio experienced solid growth in 2011, the Company garnered enough in deposits that it had excess liquidity which was invested in investment securities. The growth in the Company’s investment portfolio was concentrated in government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities. With long-term rates at historic lows, mortgage-backed securities allow the Company to receive cash flows over the life of the bond and re-invest those cash flows into higher rate securities if rates increase. In 2011, there was little to no premium for investing in long-term bonds with U.S. government agencies or tax-advantaged municipal bonds. The Company’s largest concentration at December 31, 2011 was in government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities, which comprised 34.9% of the total at December 31, 2011 versus 29.4% at December 31, 2010. Tax-advantaged municipal bonds made up 33.8% of the portfolio at December 31, 2011 versus 41.2% at December 31, 2010 and U.S. government-sponsored agency bonds of various types made up 28.3% of the portfolio at December 31, 2011 versus 25.3% at December 31, 2010.

As a member of both the Federal Reserve System and the FHLB, the Bank is required to hold stock in those entities. The Bank held $1.8 million and $2.4 million in FHLB stock as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $1.4 million in FRB stock at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

All fixed and adjustable rate mortgage pools contain a certain amount of risk related to the uncertainty of prepayments of the underlying mortgages. Interest rate changes have a direct impact on prepayment rates. The Company uses a third-party developed model to monitor the average life and yield volatility of mortgage pools under various interest rate assumptions.

The Company designates all securities at the time of purchase as either “held to maturity” or “available for sale.” Securities designated as held to maturity are stated on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K at amortized cost. Those designated as available for sale are reported at fair market value. At December 31, 2011, $3.8 million in securities were designated as held to maturity. These bonds are primarily municipal investments that the Bank has made in its local market area.

The available for sale portfolio totaled $100.0 million or approximately 96.3% of the Company’s securities portfolio at December 31, 2011. Net unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities resulted in a net unrealized gain of $2.5 million at December 31, 2011, as compared with a net unrealized gain of $0.8 million at December 31, 2010. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are reported, net of taxes, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the impact on stockholders’ equity was a net unrealized gain, net of taxes, of approximately $1.7 million.

Certain securities available for sale were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011. Management has assessed those securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and determined the decline in fair value below amortized cost to be temporary. In making this determination, management considered the period of time the securities were in a loss position, the percentage decline in comparison to the securities amortized cost, the financial

41

condition of the issuer (primarily government or government-sponsored enterprises) and the Company’s ability and intent to hold these securities until their fair value recovers to their amortized cost. Management believes the decline in fair value is primarily related to market interest rate fluctuations and not to the credit deterioration of the individual issuer.

Income from securities held in the Bank’s investment portfolio represented approximately 10.9% of total interest income of the Company in 2011 as compared with 10.5% in 2010 and 10.7% in 2009. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s securities portfolio of $107.0 million consisted primarily of state and municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp (“FHLMC”), and U.S. and federal agency obligations. The relatively flat change in investment interest income from 2009 to 2010 was largely due to the lower interest rate environment prevalent in most of 2010. The roll-off of securities from maturities and calls in 2010 was replaced with securities at lower yields. The lower yields on the securities purchased for replacement of maturities and calls and the lower yields on securities purchased with the funds raised with the May 2010 public offering offset the overall average balance increase in the securities portfolio. Although yields were slightly lower in 2011 compared with 2010, the increase in balances at December 31, 2011 when compared with December 31, 2010 as described above drove the increase in securities interest income of $0.2 million in 2011.

Available for sale securities with a total fair value of $76.7 million at December 31, 2011 were pledged as collateral to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

The following table summarizes the Bank’s securities with those designated as available for sale valued at fair value and securities designated as held to maturity valued at amortized cost as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

		(in thousands)		(in thousands)		(in thousands)
	2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands)
Available for Sale:
Debt securities
U.S. government agencies		$30,252		$23,644		$19,712
States and political subdivisions		32,326		36,297		37,730
Total debt securities		$62,578		$59,941		$57,442
Mortgage-backed securities
FNMA		$20,718		$10,462		$9,608
FHLMC		8,321		9,567		3,870
GNMA		6,143		4,801		378
CMO’s		2,221		2,651		981
Total mortgage-backed securities		$37,403		$27,481		$14,837
Total securities designated as available for sale		$99,981		$87,422		$72,279
Held to Maturity:
U.S. government agencies		$-		$-		$35
States and political subdivisions		3,802		2,140		3,098
Total securities designated as held to maturity		$3,802		$2,140		$3,133

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities and weighted average interest yields of the Bank’s securities portfolio (yields on tax-exempt obligations are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis) as of December 31, 2011. Expected maturities will differ from contracted maturities since issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties.

42

	Maturing
	Within One Year				After One But Within Five Years				After Five But Within Ten Years				After Ten Years
	Amount		Yield		Amount		Yield		Amount		Yield		Amount		Yield
	(dollars in thousands)
Available for Sale:
Debt Securities:
U.S. government agencies		$-		-		$7,694		3.52%		$13,388		2.94%		$9,170		5.18%
States and political subdivisions		2,453		3.94%		11,537		4.14%		12,850		4.10%		5,486		4.33%
Total debt securities		$2,453		3.94%		$19,231		3.89%		$26,238		3.51%		$14,656		4.86%
Mortgage-backed Securities:
FNMA		$-		-		$-		-		$4,595		4.60%		$16,123		3.70%
FHLMC		-		-		-		-		746		5.00%		7,575		3.98%
GNMA		-		-		-		-		-				6,143		4.18%
CMO’s		-		-		-		-		19		4.25%		2,202		3.03%
Total mortgage-backed securities		$-		-		$-		-		$5,360		4.66%		$32,043		3.81%
Total available for sale		$2,453		3.94%		$19,231		3.89%		$31,598		3.71%		$46,699		4.14%
Held to Maturity:
U.S. government agencies		$-		-		$-		-		$-		-		$-		-
States and political subdivisions		2,656		1.41%		518		3.36%		40		4.25%		588		3.71%
Total held to maturity		$2,656		1.41%		$518		3.36%		$40		4.25%		$588		3.71%
Total securities		$5,109		2.62%		$19,749		3.88%		$31,638		3.71%		$47,287		4.14%

LENDING AND LEASING ACTIVITIES

The Bank has a loan and lease policy which is approved by its Board of Directors on an annual basis. The loan and lease policy governs the conditions under which loans and leases may be made, addresses the lending authority of Bank officers, documentation, appraisal policy, charge-off policies and desired portfolio mix. The Bank’s lending limit to any one borrower is subject to regulation by the OCC. The Bank continually monitors its loan portfolio to review compliance with new and existing regulations.

The Bank offers a variety of loan products to its customers, including residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans, commercial loans, and installment loans. The Bank primarily extends loans to customers located within the Western New York area. Until it announced that it was exiting the direct financing leasing business in April 2009, ENL originated direct financing leases in all 48 contiguous states. Interest income on loans and leases represented approximately 89.1% of the total interest income of the Company in 2011 and approximately 89.5% and 89.3% of total interest income in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Bank’s loan and lease portfolio, net of the allowances for loan and lease losses, totaled $571.9 million and $517.6 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The net loan and lease portfolio represented approximately 77.2% and 77.1% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

During the third quarter of 2009, the Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement (the “Agreement”) with the FDIC to purchase a failed community bank located in Clarence, NY called Waterford Village Bank. Included in the purchase was a loan portfolio of $42.0 million. Included in that purchased portfolio were $2.0 million in credit-impaired loans, which were written down by $1.2 million at the time of acquisition for a net carrying amount at acquisition of $0.8 million. The remaining balance of the total loan portfolio acquired from Waterford was $25.0 million and $34.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The balance in the purchased credit-impaired portfolio was $0.1 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

All purchased credit-impaired loans are on non-accrual and do not have any accretable yield associated with them. All of the purchased loans and foreclosed real estate purchased by the Bank under the Agreement are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and the Bank which is included in the Agreement. Under this loss sharing agreement, the FDIC has agreed to bear 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $5.6 million and 95% of losses that exceed $5.6 million. Reimbursable losses are based on the book value of the relevant loans and foreclosed

43

assets as determined by the FDIC as of the date of the acquisition. The Company has incurred $1.5 million in losses on the covered portfolio through December 31, 2011. The indemnification asset, which represents the expected proceeds from FDIC loss share claims related to former Waterford loans which are charged off, was $0.2 million at December 31, 2011, compared with $0.9 million at December 31, 2010. The asset declines as losses are reimbursed by the FDIC or losses are not incurred as initially recorded. The asset increases when new losses associated with the portfolio are identified.

The following table summarizes the major classifications of the Bank’s loans and leases as of the dates indicated:

	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	(in thousands)
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential mortgages		$73,579		$69,958		$67,330		$55,450		$55,933
Commercial and multi-family		306,683		261,371		243,415		181,369		134,933
Construction-residential		2,392		1,320		2,086		1,280		596
Construction-commercial		27,887		32,332		18,156		14,017		5,902
Home equities		54,673		53,120		50,049		39,348		36,035
Total real estate loans		465,214		418,101		381,036		291,464		233,399
Direct financing leases		6,021		15,475		31,486		58,639		45,078
Commercial and industrial loans		109,513		91,445		73,145		54,838		42,441
Consumer loans		1,677		2,458		2,883		1,609		1,858
Other		586		252		493		365		454
Net deferred loan and lease origination costs		394		247		525		798		881
		583,405		527,978		489,568		407,713		324,111
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(11,495)		(10,424)		(6,971)		(6,087)		(4,555)
Loans and leases, net		$571,910		$517,554		$482,597		$401,626		$319,556

Real Estate Loans

Approximately 79.7% of the Bank’s total loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2011 consisted of real estate loans or loans collateralized by mortgages on real estate, including residential mortgages, commercial mortgages and other types of real estate loans. The Bank’s real estate loan portfolio was $465.2 million at December 31, 2011, compared with $418.1 million at December 31, 2010. The real estate loan portfolio increased by approximately 11.3% in 2011 over 2010 compared with an increase of 9.7% in 2010 over 2009.

The Bank offers fixed rate residential mortgage loans with terms of 10 to 30 years with, typically, up to an 80% loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio. Any loans with a greater than 80% LTV should have private mortgage insurance. Fixed rate residential mortgage loans outstanding totaled $57.5 million at December 31, 2011, which was approximately 9.9% of total loans and leases outstanding, compared with $58.3 million and 11.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The Bank has a contractual arrangement with FNMA, pursuant to which the Bank sells certain mortgage loans to FNMA and the Bank retains the servicing rights to those loans. This balance did not include any construction residential mortgage loans, which are discussed below. The Bank determines with each origination of residential real estate loans which desired maturities, within the context of overall maturities in the loan portfolio, provide the appropriate mix to optimize the Bank’s ability to absorb the corresponding interest rate risk within the Company’s tolerance ranges.

In 2011, the Bank sold $24.1 million in mortgages to FNMA under this arrangement, compared with $13.1 million in mortgages sold in 2010. The increase in mortgage sales is attributable to the 51.4% increase in mortgage originations in 2011. Historically low interest rates resulted in the Bank selling 56.0% of new loans in an effort to mitigate the interest rate risk of holding long-term fixed rate loans in portfolio. Originations increased from $28.4 million in 2010 to $43.0 million in 2011. The primary reason for the increase in originations is that the Company added mortgage loan officers in 2010 and 2011. Much of the activity at the Bank and in the market in general was refinancing activity, in which customers replace their mortgage loans with a loan with a lower interest rate. The refinancing activity led to balance growth of total residential mortgages of only 5.2% despite the 51.4% increase in originations.

The Bank currently retains the servicing rights on $62.4 million in mortgages sold to FNMA at December 31, 2011, compared with $44.2 million at December 31, 2010. The Company has recorded a net servicing asset for such loans of

44

$0.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Despite the 41.2% increase in the size of the servicing portfolio, the value of the mortgage servicing rights remained virtually the same as lower market interest rates at December 31, 2011 compared with December 31, 2010 resulted in the Company’s valuation model projecting higher prepayment speeds and a lower duration for the existing loans in the servicing portfolio, offsetting the increased value attributable to the additional loans sold to FNMA.

The Bank offers adjustable rate residential mortgage loans with terms of up to 30 years. Rates on these mortgage loans remain fixed for a predetermined time and are adjusted annually thereafter. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s outstanding adjustable rate residential mortgage loans were $16.1 million or 2.8% of total loans and leases outstanding as compared with $11.7 million or 2.2% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2010.

Overall, residential real estate loans increased $3.6 million, or 5.1%, from $70.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $73.6 million at December 31, 2011.

The Bank also offers commercial mortgage loans with up to an 80% LTV ratio for up to 20 years on a variable and fixed rate basis. To the extent required, loans exceeding an 80% LTV are reported on an exception report to the Board of Directors. Many of these mortgage loans either mature or are subject to a rate call after three to five years. The Bank’s outstanding commercial mortgage loans were $306.7 million at December 31, 2011, which was 52.6% of total loans and leases outstanding, compared with $261.4 million and 49.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The growth is attributable to the Bank’s loan officers continuing to capitalize on opportunities available in the market. The Bank has increased its number of commercial loan officers in the past 3 years and believes that the strong relationships with customers in the local community that have been fostered over the years with these loan officers have resulted in significant loan production in 2011. The balance at December 31, 2011 included $81.4 million in fixed rate and $225.3 million in variable rate commercial mortgage loans, which include interest rate calls.

The Bank also offers other types of loans collateralized by real estate such as home equity loans. The Bank offers home equity loans at variable and fixed interest rates with terms of up to 15 years and up to an 85% combined LTV ratio. To the extent required, loans exceeding an 85% LTV ratio are reported on an exception report to the Board of Directors. At December 31, 2011, the real estate loan portfolio included $54.7 million of home equity loans outstanding, which represented 9.4% of total loans and leases outstanding, compared with $53.1 million and 10.1% at December 31, 2010, respectively. The growth is attributable to strong consumer demand for historically low-rate variable-rate home equity loans. The total home equity portfolio included $45.2 million in variable rate loans and $9.5 million in fixed rate loans.

The Bank also offers both residential and commercial real estate construction loans at up to an 80% LTV ratio at fixed interest or adjustable interest rates and multiple maturities. At December 31, 2011, fixed rate real estate construction loans outstanding totaled $4.0 million or 0.7% of total loans and leases outstanding, and adjustable rate construction loans outstanding totaled $26.3 million or 4.5% of total loans and leases outstanding. At December 31, 2010, fixed rate real estate construction loans outstanding totaled $1.4 million, or 0.3% of total loans and leases outstanding, and adjustable rate construction loans outstanding totaled $32.2 million, or 6.1% of total loans and leases outstanding.

Direct Financing Leases

Direct financing leases totaled $6.0 million and $15.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, representing 1.0% and 2.9% of the Bank’s total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decline reflects management’s decision to exit the leasing business and to manage the remaining portfolio through its estimated maturity in 2014.

Commercial and Industrial Loans

The Bank offers commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans on a secured and unsecured basis, including lines of credit and term loans at fixed and variable interest rates and multiple maturities. The Bank’s C&I loan portfolio totaled $109.5 million and $91.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The growth is attributable to an increased number of C&I loan officers and good results achieved through the Bank’s community-focused and relationship-based lending approach in the local market. Commercial loans represented 18.8% and 17.3% of the Bank’s total loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Collateral for C&I loans, where applicable, may consist of inventory, receivables, equipment and other business assets. At December 31, 2011, 59.4% of the Bank’s C&I loans were at variable rates which are tied to the prime rate.

45

Consumer Loans

The Bank’s consumer installment loan portfolio totaled $1.7 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, representing 0.3% and 0.5% of the Bank’s total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Traditional installment loans are offered at fixed interest rates with various maturities of up to 60 months, on a secured and unsecured basis. This segment of the portfolio is done on an accommodation basis for customers. The Company does not actively try to grow the portfolio in a significant way.

Other Loans

Other loans totaled $0.6 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Other loans consisted primarily of overdrafts and loan clearing accounts.

Loan Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

The following table shows the maturities of commercial loans and real estate construction loans outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and the classification of such loans due after one year according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates.

	Within One Year		After One But Within Five Years		After Five Years		Total
				(in thousands)
Commercial		$11,284		$39,896		$58,333		$109,513
Real estate construction		23,649		6,578		-		30,227
		$34,933		$46,474		$58,333		$139,740
Loans maturing after one year with:
Fixed Rates				$27,524		$15,498
Variable Rates				18,950		42,835
				$46,474		$58,333

SOURCES OF FUNDS – DEPOSITS

General

Customer deposits represent the primary source of the Bank’s funds for lending and other investment purposes. In addition to deposits, other sources of funds include loan and lease repayments, loan sales on the secondary market, interest and dividend income from investments, matured investments, and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and from correspondent banks First Tennessee Bank and M&T Bank.

Deposits

The Bank offers a variety of deposit products, including checking, savings, NOW accounts, certificates of deposit and jumbo certificates of deposit. Bank deposits are insured up to the limits provided by the FDIC. The following table details the Bank’s deposits as of the dates indicated:

	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
		(in thousands)
Demand deposits	$	118,037	$	98,016	$	87,855
NOW accounts		50,761		32,683		15,619
Regular savings		313,777		249,410		229,609
Muni-vest savings		20,161		22,000		23,418
Time deposits, $100,000 and over		39,557		57,302		59,301
Other time deposits		73,910		85,046		83,706
Total	$	616,203	$	544,457	$	499,508

46

The following schedule sets forth the maturities of the Bank’s time deposits as of December 31, 2011:

	Time Deposit Maturity Schedule (in thousands)
	0-3 Mos.		3-6 Mos.		6-12 Mos.		Over 12 Mos.		Total
Time deposits - $100,000 and over		$5,812		$2,836		$5,464		$25,445		$39,557
Other time deposits		11,947		9,009		10,198		42,756		73,910
Total time deposits		$17,759		$11,845		$15,662		$68,201		$113,467

Total deposits increased $71.7 million or 13.2% in 2011 from 2010. The Company successfully grew core transactional checking accounts, including non-interest bearing demand deposits and interest-bearing NOW accounts, by 29.2% to $168.8 million at December 31, 2011. Non-interest bearing demand deposits increased by $20.0 million, or 20.4%, to $118.0 million as the Company was able to attract new core customers and some current commercial customers kept higher cash balances in a difficult economy. NOW accounts increased by 55.4%, or $18.1 million, to $50.8 million. In the fall of 2009, the Company introduced its Better Checking product which rewards customers with premium interest rates on checking balances and ATM fee refunds if the customers meet certain qualifications including direct deposit and frequent use of their debit cards. This product continued to attract new customers in 2011 and drove the increase in NOW balances.

Much of the organic growth in savings deposits in 2011 was due to the Better Savings account offered by the Bank. The Bank paid a competitive interest rate on that product throughout 2011. The Company believes this product was popular because customers preferred to keep their deposits liquid in a low-interest rate environment with a difficult economy. With long-term rates so low, customers often do not believe there is enough value in locking up their funds long-term. The growth in the Better Savings account is reflected in the growth of total regular savings accounts, which increased $64.4 million, or 25.8%, to $313.8 million in 2011.

Time deposits decreased $28.8 million, or 20.2%, from $143.0 million as of December 31, 2010 to $113.5 million at December 31, 2011. Customers moved into more liquid products such as the Better Savings account referred to above. Also, given the excess liquidity provided by the growth in checking and savings accounts, management did not replace brokered time deposits as they matured in 2011. Because the interest rate environment continues to remain low, the average rate paid on time deposits fell from 2.54% in 2010 to 2.23% in 2011.

The following table shows daily average deposits and average rates paid on significant deposit categories by the Bank (dollars in thousands):

	2011				2010				2009
	Average Balance		Weighted Average Rate		Average Balance		Weighted Average Rate		Average Balance		Weighted Average Rate
Demand deposits		$108,522		0.00%		$92,072		0.00%		$85,181		0.00%
NOW accounts		44,639		1.23%		24,981		1.00%		11,514		0.36%
Regular Savings		280,606		0.72%		237,939		0.69%		197,178		1.13%
Muni-vest savings		27,272		0.48%		30,005		0.48%		33,266		0.63%
Time deposits		131,171		2.23%		142,360		2.54%		142,893		3.06%
Total		$592,210		0.95%		$527,357		1.07%		$470,032		1.46%

Federal Funds Purchased and Other Borrowed Funds. Another source of the Bank’s funds for lending and investing activities at December 31, 2011 consisted of short and long term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Other borrowed funds consisted primarily of various advances from the FHLB with both fixed and variable interest rate terms ranging from 2.52% to 3.55%. The maturities and weighted average rates of other borrowed funds at December 31, 2011 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

47

	Maturities		Weighted Average Rate
2012		$3,000		2.52%
2013		10,000		3.28%
2014		9,000		3.53%
2015		-		-
2016		-		-
Thereafter		-		-
Total		$22,000		3.28%

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The Bank enters into agreements with certain customers to sell securities owned by the Bank to those customers and repurchase the identical security, generally within one day. No physical movement of the securities is involved. The customer is informed that the securities are held in safekeeping by the Bank on behalf of the customer. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $9.0 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $5.2 million at December 31, 2010. Balances can vary day to day based on customer needs.

Pension

The Bank maintains a qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”), which covered substantially all employees of the Company at the time the Pension Plan was frozen on January 31, 2008. All benefits eligible participants accrued in the Pension Plan to the freeze date have been retained. Employees have not accrued additional benefits in the Pension Plan from that date. Employees will be eligible to receive these benefits at normal retirement age. Additionally, the Company has entered into individual retirement agreements with certain of its executive officers providing for unfunded supplemental pension benefits under the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and Senior Executive Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (collectively, the “SERP plans”). The Company’s pension expense for the Pension Plan and the SERP plans approximated $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is calculated based upon a number of actuarial assumptions, including an expected long-term rate of return on the Company’s plan assets of 7.50% for 2011, 2010 and 2009 for the Pension Plan; no compensation rate increases for 2011, 2010, and 2009 for the Pension Plan and 3.12%, 4.36%, and 3.50% in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for the SERP plans.

The expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets assumption was determined based on historical returns earned by equity and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect future return expectations based on pension plan targeted asset allocation. The SERP Plans are unfunded so there is no return on plan assets assumption. In evaluating compensation rate increases, the Company evaluated historical salary data, as well as expected future increases. As the Pension Plan was frozen, the compensation rate increase assumption is zero because employees can no longer accrue additional benefits. The Company will continue to evaluate its actuarial assumptions, including its expected rate of return and compensation rate increases at least annually, and will adjust as necessary.

The Company bases its determination of pension expense or income on a market-related valuation of assets, which reduces year-to-year volatility. Investment gains or losses for this purpose are the difference between the expected return calculated using the market-related value of assets and the actual return based on the market-related value of assets.

The discount rate utilized by the Company for determining future pension obligations is based on a review of long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency. The discount rate determined on this basis has decreased from 5.46% at December 31, 2010 to 4.46% at December 31, 2011 for the Company’s Pension Plan and from 5.34% to 4.34% for the SERP plans.

Management tested the sensitivity of the pension expense to changes in two key assumptions: return on plan assets and the discount rate. A 0.25% decrease in the rate of return on plan assets would have resulted in an increase in pension expense of 55.7% or $8 thousand. A 0.25% decrease in the discount rate would have resulted in an increase in pension expense of 27.3% or $4 thousand. The SERP has no plan assets; therefore there is no rate of return on plan assets. A 0.25% decrease in the discount rate would have resulted in an increase in SERP expense of 1.8% or $9 thousand. Increases of 25 basis points in those assumptions would have resulted in similar changes in amount, but in the opposite direction from the changes presented in the preceding sentences. Since the SERP plans are not funded and the Pension Plan has been frozen, the pension expense is not sensitive to compensation scale increases or decreases.

48

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had cumulative actuarial losses of approximately $3.1 million that will result in an increase in the Company’s future pension expense because such losses at each measurement date exceed 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. In accordance with GAAP, net unrecognized gains or losses that exceed that threshold are required to be amortized over the expected service period of active employees, and are included as a component of net pension cost. Amortization of these net actuarial losses had the effect of increasing the Company’s pension expense by approximately $36 thousand in 2011, $38 thousand in 2010 and $66 thousand in 2009.

The Company contributed $120,000 to the Pension Plan in 2011.

Liquidity

The Company utilizes cash flows from its investment portfolio and federal funds sold balances to manage the liquidity requirements it experiences due to loan demand and deposit fluctuations. The Bank also has many borrowing options. As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is able to borrow funds at competitive rates. Given the current collateral available, advances of up to $115.2 million can be drawn on the FHLB via the Bank’s Overnight Line of Credit Agreement. An amount equal to 25% of the Bank’s total assets could be borrowed through the advance programs under certain qualifying circumstances. The Bank also has the ability to purchase up to $14.0 million in federal funds from its correspondent banks. By placing sufficient collateral in safekeeping at the Federal Reserve Bank, the Bank could also borrow at the FRB’s discount window. The Company’s liquidity needs also can be met by more aggressively pursuing time deposits, or accessing the brokered time deposit market, including the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) network. Additionally, the Company has access to capital markets as a funding source. The Company has accessed the capital markets as recently as May 2010 when it raised $13.4 million in net proceeds in connection with its registered offer and sale of 1.2 million shares of common stock.

The cash flows from the Company’s investment portfolio are laddered, so that securities mature at regular intervals, to provide funds from principal and interest payments at various times as liquidity needs may arise. Contractual maturities are also laddered, with consideration as to the volatility of market prices, so that securities are available for sale from time-to-time without the need to incur significant losses. At December 31, 2011, approximately 4.9% of the Company’s debt securities had maturity dates of one year or less, and approximately 24.0% had maturity dates of five years or less. In addition, the Company receives regular cash flows on its mortgage-backed securities.

Management, on an ongoing basis, closely monitors the Company’s liquidity position for compliance with internal policies, and believes that available sources of liquidity are adequate to meet funding needs in the normal course of business. As part of that monitoring process, management calculates the 90-day liquidity each month by analyzing the cash needs of the Bank. Included in the calculation are liquid assets and potential liabilities. Management stresses the potential liabilities calculation to ensure a strong liquidity position. Included in the calculation are assumptions of some significant deposit run-off as well as funds needed for loan closing and investment purchases. At December 31, 2011, in the stress test, the Bank had net short-term liquidity available of $82.6 million as compared with $70.2 million at December 31, 2010. Available assets of $110.5 million, divided by public and purchased funds of $111.6 million, resulted in a long-term liquidity ratio of 99% at December 31, 2011, compared with 75% at December 31, 2010.

Management does not anticipate engaging in any activities, either currently or over the long-term, for which adequate funding would not be available and which would therefore result in significant pressure on liquidity. However, continued economic recession could negatively impact the Company’s liquidity. The Bank relies heavily on FHLBNY as a source of funds, particularly with its overnight line of credit. To conserve capital, some FHLB branches have suspended dividends, cut dividend payments, and not bought back excess FHLB stock that members hold. FHLBNY has stated that they expect to be able to continue to pay dividends, redeem excess capital stock, and provide competitively priced advances in the future. The most severe problems in FHLB have been at some of the other FHLB branches. Nonetheless, the 12 FHLB branches are jointly liable for the consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. To the extent that one FHLB branch cannot meet its obligations to pay its share of the system’s debt, other FHLB branches can be called upon to make the payment.

Systemic weakness in the FHLB could result in higher costs of FHLB borrowings and increased demand for alternative sources of liquidity that are more expensive, such as brokered time deposits, the discount window at the Federal Reserve, or lines of credit with correspondent banks First Tennessee and M&T Bank.

Contractual Obligations

49

The Company is party to contractual financial obligations, including repayment of borrowings, operating lease payments and commitments to extend credit. The table below presents certain future financial obligations.

	Payments due within time period at December 31, 2011
		(in thousands)
Contractual Obligations:		Total	Less Than 1 Year	1-3 Years	3-5 Years	More Than 5 Years
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase		$9,010	$9,010	$-	$-	$-
Operating lease obligations		7,944	554	1,225	1,041	5,124
Other borrowed funds		22,000	3,000	19,000	-	-
Junior subordinated debentures		11,330	-	-	-	11,330
Total		$50,284	$12,564	$20,225	$1,041	$16,454
Interest expense on fixed rate debt		$1,287	$677	$610	$-	$-

The Company’s variable rate debt included in other borrowed funds is related to short-term funding which is used only to cover seasonal funding needs, which are subject to fluctuation.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had commitments to extend credit of $134.2 million compared to $161.3 million at December 31, 2010. For additional information regarding future financial commitments, this disclosure should be read in conjunction with Note 16 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Capital

The Company and the Bank have consistently maintained regulatory capital ratios above well capitalized standards. The Company’s financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent on the business environment in the markets where the Company operates, in Western New York and in the United States as a whole. Some banks experienced such a sharp drop-off in financial performance due to the deteriorating economy that they were forced to raise capital with the U.S. government through TARP to maintain appropriate capital ratios. The Bank applied for and was approved for funds under TARP but declined the offer after determining that the Bank’s capital position was more than sufficient and that the restrictions on capital management were too onerous.

Overall, during 2011, the business environment continues to be adverse for many households and businesses in Western New York, in the United States and worldwide. There can be no assurance that these conditions will improve in the near term. Such conditions could materially adversely affect the credit quality of the Company’s loans and leases, and therefore, the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and capital position.

For further detail on capital and capital ratios, see Note 20 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Total Company stockholders’ equity was $69.0 million at December 31, 2011, increased from $63.1 million at December 31, 2010. Equity as a percentage of assets was 9.3% at December 31, 2011, compared to 9.4% at December 31, 2010. Book value per share of common stock increased to $16.72 at December 31, 2011 from $15.45 at December 31, 2010. The reason for the increase in stockholders’ equity and book value per share was $6.1 million in net income, a $0.8 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, and a $0.6 million addition to paid in capital for stock issuances for the dividend reinvestment plan and the employee stock purchase plan, and restricted stock and stock option activity. These increases were somewhat offset by $1.6 million in dividends to common stockholders.

The dividend payment of $0.40 per share in 2011 was the same as the dividend per share paid in 2010. Management and the Board of Directors of the Company believe that the dividend level is prudent to maintain available capital to support the continued growth of the Company, as well as to manage the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios, while providing a dividend yield (dividend per share divided by stock price) competitive with peers in the industry at 3.36% at December 31, 2011. The Company’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid divided by net income) was 26.9% in 2011.

50

Included in stockholders’ equity was accumulated other comprehensive income which includes the net after-tax impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available for sale. Net unrealized gains after tax were $2.5 million, or $0.61 per share of common stock, at December 31, 2011, as compared to net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities after tax of $0.8 million, and $0.20 per share of common stock, at December 31, 2010. Such unrealized gains and losses are generally due to changes in interest rates and represent the difference, net of applicable income tax effect, between the estimated fair value and amortized cost of investment securities classified as available-for-sale. The Company had no other-than-temporary impairment charges in its investment portfolio in 2011 or 2010.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and/or interest rates of the Bank’s financial instruments. The primary market risk the Company is exposed to is interest rate risk. The core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking expose the Bank to interest rate risk, which occurs when assets and liabilities re-price at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. As a result, net interest income earned by the Bank is subject to the effects of changing interest rates. The Bank measures interest rate risk by calculating the variability of net interest income in the future periods under various interest rate scenarios using projected balances for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Management’s philosophy toward interest rate risk management is to limit the variability of net interest income. The balances of financial instruments used in the projections are based on expected growth from forecasted business opportunities, anticipated prepayments of loans and investment securities and expected maturities of investment securities, loans and deposits. Management supplements the modeling technique described above with the analysis of market values of the Bank’s financial instruments and changes to such market values given changes in interest rates.

ALCO, which includes members of the Bank’s senior management, monitors the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity with the aid of a model that considers the impact of ongoing lending and deposit gathering activities, as well as the interrelationships between the magnitude and timing of the re-pricing of financial instruments, including the effect of changing interest rates on expected prepayments and maturities. When deemed prudent, the Bank’s management has taken actions and intends to do so in the future, to mitigate the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk through the use of on or off-balance sheet financial instruments. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the purchase of other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME

TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

	Calculated increase (decrease) in projected annual net interest income
	(in thousands)
Changes in interest rates	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
+200 basis points		$1,126		$486
+100 basis points		1,452		945
-100 basis points		NM		NM
-200 basis points		NM		NM

Many assumptions are utilized by the Bank to calculate the impact that changes in interest rates may have on net interest income. The more significant assumptions relate to the rate of prepayments of mortgage-related assets, loan and deposit volumes and pricing, and deposit maturities. The Bank also assumes immediate changes in rates, including 100 and 200 basis point rate changes. In the event that a 100 or 200 basis point rate change cannot be achieved, the applicable rate changes are limited to lesser amounts, such that interest rates cannot be less than zero. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the Bank cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ significantly due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes in market conditions and interest rate differentials (spreads) between maturity/re-pricing categories, as well as any actions, such as those previously described, which management may take to counter such changes. The changes to projected net interest income resulting from rising rates from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 were largely due to the projected balance sheet’s funding mix having a higher concentration of core deposits and an increased amount of growth in variable commercial loans. In regards to the declining rate scenarios, management believes that projections using such significant decreases in interest rates is not meaningful based on the current low interest rate environment. In light of the

51

uncertainties and assumptions associated with the process, the amounts presented in the table, and changes in such amounts, are not considered significant to the Bank’s projected net interest income.

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2011 included $102.0 million in undisbursed lines of credit at an average interest rate of 4.01%; $3.0 million in fixed rate loan origination commitments at 4.68%; $22.9 million in adjustable rate loan origination commitments at 4.37%; and $3.4 million in adjustable rate letters of credit, which if drawn upon, would typically earn an interest rate equal to the prime lending rate plus 2%. The following table represents expected maturities of interest-bearing assets and liabilities and their corresponding average interest rates.

Expected maturity year ended December 31,	2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		Thereafter		Total		Fair Value
					(dollars in thousands)
Interest-Assets
Gross loans and leases receivable	$	40,339	$	40,916	$	35,222	$	19,366	$	34,599	$	412,963	$	583,405	$	614,029
Average interest		4.72%		5.93%		5.39%		5.47%		5.57%		5.26%		5.31%		5.31%
Investment securities		5,109		3,039		1,287		10,486		4,937		78,925		103,783		103,792
Average interest		2.62%		4.18%		4.13%		3.43%		4.58%		3.96%		3.88%		3.88%
Interest – Liabilities
Interest bearing deposits		428,294		13,787		9,359		31,645		15,040		41		498,166		498,598
Average interest		0.88%		1.55%		2.07%		2.75%		2.03%		7.50%		1.07%		1.07%
Borrowed funds & Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		12,010		10,000		9,000		-		-		-		31,010		31,998
Average interest		0.78%		3.28%		3.53%		-		-		-		2.38%		2.38%
Junior subordinated debentures		-		-		-		-		-		11,330		11,330		11,330
Average interest		-		-		-		-		-		3.15%		3.15%		3.15%

When rates rise or fall, the market value of the Company’s rate-sensitive assets and liabilities, increases or decreases. As a part of the Company’s asset/liability policy, the Company has set limitations on the acceptable level of the negative impact of such rate fluctuations on the market value of the Company’s balance sheet. The Bank’s securities portfolio is priced monthly and adjustments are made on the balance sheet to reflect the market value of the available for sale portfolio per ASC Topic 320 “Investments – Debt and Equity Securities.” At December 31, 2011, the impact to equity, net of tax, as a result of marking available for sale securities to market was an unrealized gain of $2.5 million. On a monthly basis, the available for sale portfolio is shocked for immediate rate increases of 200 basis points. At December 31, 2011, the Company determined it would take an immediate increase in rates in excess of 200 basis points to eliminate the current capital cushion in excess of regulatory requirements. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios are also reviewed by management on a quarterly basis.

Capital Expenditures

Significant planned expenditures for 2012 include construction of and furnishings for a new branch, restoration and renovation for some of the Company’s older properties, and investments in computer systems and hardware. The Company believes it has a sufficient capital base to support these known and potential capital expenditures, currently expected to total $3.2 million, with current assets.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

There will continually be economic events, such as changes in the economic policies of the FRB which will have an impact on the profitability of the Company. Inflation may result in impaired asset growth, reduced earnings and substandard capital ratios. The net interest margin can be adversely impacted by the volatility of interest rates throughout the year. Since these factors are unknown, management attempts to structure the balance sheet and re-pricing frequency of assets and liabilities to avoid a significant concentration that could result in a negative impact on earnings.

Segment Information

52

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” the Company’s operating segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting. The Company’s operating segments consist of banking activities and insurance agency activities.

The banking activities segment includes all of the activities of the Bank in its function as a full-service commercial bank. This includes the operations of SDS and ENL. The net income from banking activities was $5.3 million in 2011 compared with $4.1 million in 2010. The increase in net income from banking activities was driven primarily by the provision for loan and lease losses, which decreased from $3.9 million in 2010 to $2.5 million in 2011. Total assets of the banking activities segment increased $70.3 million or 10.6% during 2011 to $730.9 million at December 31, 2011, due primarily to strong commercial loan growth and investment securities growth.

The insurance activities segment includes activities of TEA, a property and casualty insurance agency with locations in the Western New York area. This includes the operations of ENBA, which provides non-deposit investment products. Net income from insurance activities was $0.9 million in 2011, an increase of $0.1 million from $0.8 million in 2010. Despite a 1.3% decrease in TEA’s revenue, net income increased 14.5% as interest expense and non-interest expenses decreased 4.6% in aggregate as management focused on expense management in the soft insurance market. Total assets of the insurance activities segment were $10.0 million at December 31, 2011, compared with $10.9 million at December 31, 2010.

Fourth Quarter Results

Net income grew to $1.3 million, or $0.33 per diluted share, in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared with net income of $0.5 million, or $0.12 per diluted share, in the fourth quarter of 2010. The improvement in net income reflected a combination of higher net interest income and lower provision for loan and lease losses. Growth in net-interest income resulted from a stabilized margin combined with expanded interest earning assets, while the $0.6 million reduction in the provision for loan and lease losses to $0.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 was driven by improvements in the Company’s declining leasing portfolio. As it relates to the leasing portfolio, the Company was able to release $0.2 million in provision in the 2011 fourth quarter, whereas for the prior-year period, $0.4 million in provision was recorded. The return on average equity expanded to 7.77% for the fourth quarter of 2011, compared with 3.00% in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Net interest income was $6.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2011, up 13.2% from the prior-year period, and up 5.8% from the linked third quarter of 2011. Included in the improvement was a $0.2 million adjustment in interest income from the recovery of a previously charged-off commercial loan. Excluding this adjustment, net interest income increased $0.6 million, or 10.2%, from prior year’s fourth quarter and $0.2 million, or 2.9%, from the linked third quarter, primarily due to higher interest earning assets offset by net interest margin contraction. Core loans, which are defined as total loans and leases less direct financing leases, were $577.4 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of 12.7% from $512.5 million at December 31, 2010, and up 3.0% (11.8% annualized) from $560.8 million at September 30, 2011. The majority of the loan growth for the year was in the commercial/industrial and commercial mortgage loan portfolios. Commercial mortgage growth was the main driver in the fourth quarter increasing by $15.3 million, or 4.8%.

Investment securities were $107.0 million at December 31, 2011, up 9.9% from $97.4 million at the end of the third quarter of 2011, and up 14.7% from $93.3 million at the end of fourth quarter of 2010. The growth in the investment securities reflects the success of the Company attracting core deposits for both the year and fourth quarter above the growth rate of loans. The Company’s growth in the investment portfolio was concentrated in mortgage-backed securities. With long-term rates at historic lows, mortgage-backed securities allow the Company to receive cash flows over the life of the bond and re-invest those cash flows into loans when deposit growth slows.

Total deposits were $616.2 million at December 31, 2011, up 13.2%, or $71.7 million, from $544.5 million at December 31, 2010, and up 0.5%, or $3.0 million compared with $613.2 million at September 30, 2011. Growth for the quarter and year-over-year period was attributable to strong core deposit increases across a variety of products, including the Company’s Better Checking product (included in the NOW category) along with its complementary Better Savings product. These products have been successful in garnering new customers, rewarding existing customers for doing more business with the Bank, and ultimately developing deeper customer relationships. The Company also experienced an increase in demand deposits. The majority of the $20.0 million, or 20.4%, increase in demand deposits over the prior-year fourth quarter was from commercial customers. The Company has focused on growing commercial deposits as part of its overall growth strategy. Although a portion of deposit growth can be seasonal and reflective of transaction activity, the results reflect solid growth in a very competitive marketplace. Partially offsetting those gains was a decrease in time deposits due to the roll-off of higher rate promotional CD’s and decreased brokered time deposits.

53

Although net interest margin experienced compression throughout 2011 due to the declining interest rate environment, it remained relatively strong at 4.03% for the fourth quarter of 2011. Adjusting for the loan recovery previously noted, net interest margin for the fourth quarter would have been 3.92%. Net interest margin was 3.97% in the 2011 third quarter and 4.00% in the 2010 fourth quarter. As the low interest rate cycle matures, the Company’s loan and investment portfolios continue to re-price into lower yields as evidenced by a decline in yield on interest-earning assets (after adjusting for the one-time interest income adjustment) of 9 basis points from the linked third quarter to 4.88% and a decline of 28 basis points from the fourth quarter 2010. The Company benefited from re-pricing its interest-bearing liabilities much earlier in the interest rate cycle, and these rates have fallen less than its interest-earning assets in 2011. Correspondingly, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the Company declined 7 basis points in the fourth-quarter 2011 from the third-quarter 2011 and decreased 23 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2010. Additionally, the Company has been successful in attracting new customers, with most of that success coming in the premium-rate Better Checking and Better Savings products.

The provision for loan and lease losses was $0.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, an increase from a $0.2 million provision in the third quarter of 2011, but down from the $1.4 million provision in the fourth quarter of 2010. The majority of the provision in the 2011 fourth quarter was related to current asset quality and an expanding loan portfolio. Additionally, the provision benefitted from the release of $0.2 million related to the continued improvement in the shrinking leasing portfolio’s charge-off and collection performance. When compared with the fourth quarter of 2010, the reduction in the provision was due mostly to the $0.6 million change in the provision for leases.

As a result of the larger provision in the fourth quarter of 2011, the ratio for the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases ratio increased to 1.97% at December 31, 2011, compared with 1.88% at September 30, 2011, and remained flat from December 31, 2010.

Net charge-offs to average total loans and leases was 0.03% in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared with 0.9% in the third quarter of 2011, and 0.06% in the fourth quarter of 2010. The charge-off percentage remains under industry norms and is indicative of the Bank’s historical focus on well-collateralized credits. Management continues to maintain a conservative approach in reserving for potential losses in this environment of extended economic volatility.

At December 31, 2011 the ratio of non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases remained relatively flat at 2.40% compared with 2.42% at September 30, 2011 and increased from 2.08% at December 31, 2010. The increase in the ratio from the prior year fourth quarter was due to the commercial real estate portfolio, where five new commercial real estate loan relationships entered non-accruing status in 2011 totaling $2.3 million. The largest relationship, a tree nursery, was $0.8 million. The increase was offset by a reduction in non-performing leases which is a reflection of the improving quality of the remaining balances as the portfolio winds down. The total coverage ratio for non-performing loans and leases was 75.74% at December 31, 2011 compared with 74.85% at December 31, 2010.

Non-interest income, which represented 29.3% of total revenue in the fourth quarter of 2011, increased slightly to $2.9 million compared with the fourth quarter of 2010. The increase was attributable to higher service charges and insurance agency revenue. Service charges on deposits increased $47 thousand, or 10.8%, compared with the fourth quarter 2010, primarily due to increased volume of activity. Insurance agency revenue of $1.4 million was up $22 thousand, or 1.6%, when compared with the 2010 fourth quarter. However, the soft insurance market and macro-economic conditions continue to put downward pressure on personal and commercial property and casualty insurance commissions. Compared with the trailing third quarter of 2011, The Evans Agency’s revenue was $0.5 million lower due to seasonality.

Total non-interest expense was $7.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, an increase of $0.4 million, or 6.2%, from $6.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2010. Other expenses increased $0.3 million primarily due to loan fees related to commercial real estate appraisals. Salaries and employee benefits increased $0.2 million to $3.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared with the prior-year period reflecting regular merit increases and increased staff, including commercial loan officers and other business-generating positions. These increases were partially offset by lower amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired in the 2008 purchase of Suchak Data Systems, Inc., which were fully amortized at the end of 2010, and a reduction in FDIC insurance expense due to changes in the premium calculation adopted in the second quarter of 2011 by the FDIC.

As a result of the increase in non-interest expenses off-set by an increase in net interest income, the efficiency ratio, excluding goodwill impairment and intangible amortization, decreased slightly to 71.35% for the fourth quarter of 2011, from 72.23% in the fourth quarter of 2010. The Company’s efficiency ratio for the third quarter of 2011 was 69.10% which was reflective of seasonal non-interest income revenue from the insurance agency.

The effective tax rate for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 was 27.8% compared with an effective tax rate of 42.9% in the fourth quarter of 2010. The higher effective tax rate for the prior year’s fourth quarter reflected adjustments

54

related to the wind down of the leasing portfolio requiring an increase in the state income tax valuation allowance. The current quarter’s effective tax rate is more indicative of a normalized rate.

Item 7A.             QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information called for by this Item is incorporated by reference to the discussion of “Liquidity” and “Market Risk,” including the discussion under the caption “Sensitivity of Net Interest Income to Changes in Interest Rates” included in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

55

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data consist of the financial statements as indexed and presented below and the Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data presented in Note 22 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	Page
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting		57
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (internal control over financial reporting)		58
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (consolidated financial statements)		59
Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2011 and 2010		60
Consolidated Statements of Income – Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		61
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – Years Ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		62
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow – Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009		63
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .		65

56

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Evans Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (“the Company”). Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based on criteria established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that assessment, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 were audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. KPMG LLP also audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, as stated in their report, which appears in the “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” immediately following this annual report of management.

EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

/s/ David J. Nasca

David J. Nasca

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Gary A. Kajtoch

Gary A. Kajtoch

Treasurer

57

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Evans Bancorp, Inc:

We have audited Evans Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated March 6, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Buffalo, New York

March 6, 2012

58

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Evans Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Evans Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Evans Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 6, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Buffalo, New York

March 6, 2012

59

EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	2011		2010
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks		$11,486		$13,467
Interest-bearing deposits at banks		3,192		255
Securities:
Available for sale, at fair value (cost: $95,848 at December 31, 2011; $86,096 at December 31, 2010)		99,981		87,422
Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value: $3,811 at December 31, 2011; $2,130 at December 31, 2010)		3,802		2,140
Federal Home Loan Bank common stock, at amortized cost		1,830		2,362
Federal Reserve Bank common stock, at amortized cost		1,425		1,408
Loans and leases, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $11,495 and $10,424 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively		571,910		517,554
Properties and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $13,145 and $12,054 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively		10,477		10,841
Goodwill		8,101		8,101
Intangible assets, net		678		1,168
Bank-owned life insurance		14,843		12,389
Other assets		13,177		14,416
TOTAL ASSETS		$740,902		$671,523
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
Demand		$118,037		$98,016
NOW		50,761		32,683
Regular savings		313,777		249,410
Muni-vest		20,161		22,000
Time		113,467		142,348
Total deposits		616,203		544,457
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		9,010		5,227
Other short term borrowings		3,000		13,669
Other liabilities		13,371		11,776
Junior subordinated debentures		11,330		11,330
Long term borrowings		19,000		22,000
Total liabilities		671,914		608,459
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS (See Note 16)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Common stock, $.50 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,125,272 and 4,081,887 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 4,124,892 and 4,081,887 shares outstanding, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively		2,063		2,041
Capital surplus		41,275		40,660
Retained earnings		25,304		20,836
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		346		(473)
Total stockholders’ equity		68,988		63,064
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY		$740,902		$671,523

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

60

EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	2011		2010			2009
INTEREST INCOME:
Loans and leases		$29,140		$28,102			$27,416
Interest bearing deposits at banks		26		9			1
Securities:
Taxable		2,115		1,740			1,608
Non-taxable		1,434		1,566			1,676
Total interest income		32,715		31,417			30,701
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits		5,621		5,660			6,844
Other borrowings		775		929			864
Junior subordinated debentures		331		333			399
Total interest expense		6,727		6,922			8,107
NET INTEREST INCOME		25,988		24,495			22,594
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES		2,484		3,943			10,500
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES		23,504		20,552			12,094
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Bank charges		1,783		1,897			2,260
Insurance service and fees		6,902		6,992			7,191
Data center income		678		845			849
Net gain on sales and calls of securities		26		7			18
Gain on loans sold		188		152			93
Bank-owned life insurance		454		468			578
Interchange fee income		887		783			625
Gain on bargain purchase		-		-			671
Other		1,514		1,489			1,782
Total non-interest income		12,432		12,633			14,067
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:
Salaries and employee benefits		15,820		14,821			12,751
Occupancy		3,119		2,940			2,765
Repairs and maintenance		689		674			721
Advertising and public relations		812		627			575
Professional services		1,776		1,533			1,484
Technology and communications		878		912			1,065
Amortization of intangibles		490		900			930
FDIC insurance		652		1,023			941
Goodwill impairment		-		-			1,985
Other		3,005		2,677			2,840
Total non-interest expense		27,241		26,107			26,057
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES		8,695		7,078			104
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)		2,583		2,238			(603)
NET INCOME		$6,112		$4,840			$707
Net income per common share – basic		$1.49		$1.34			$0.25
Net income per common share – diluted		$1.49		$1.34			$0.25
Cash dividends per common share		$0.40		$0.40			$0.61
Weighted average number of basic common shares		4,102,142		3,613,746			2,788,507
					��
Weighted average number of diluted shares		4,104,533		3,616,551			2,793,612

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

61

EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(in thousands, except share and per share)

	Common Stock		Capital Surplus		Retained Earnings		Accumulated Other   Comprehensive   (Loss) Income		Treasury   Stock		Total
BALANCE – December 31, 2008		$1,386		$26,696		$18,374		$(537)		$  -		$45,919
Comprehensive income:
Net Income						707						707
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of reclassification of gain of $11 (after tax) and tax effect of ($189)								293				293
Amortization of prior service cost and net loss, net of taxes ($49)								76				76
Decrease in pension liability, net of taxes ($38)								60				60
Total comprehensive income												1,136
Cash dividends ($0.61 per common share)						(1,700)						(1,700)
Stock option expense				154								154
Re-issued 2,000 shares under dividend reinvestment plan				(4)						27		23
Issued 21,751 shares under dividend reinvestment plan		11		241								252
Issued 19,735 shares under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		10		192								202
Purchased 2,000 shares for Treasury										(27)		(27)
BALANCE – December 31, 2009		$1,407		$27,279		$17,381		$(108)		$  -		$45,959
Comprehensive income:
Net Income						4,840						4,840
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net of reclassification of gain of $4 (after tax) and tax effect of $124								(181)				(181)
Amortization of prior service cost and net loss, net of taxes ($56)								76				76
Increase in pension liability, net of taxes $164								(260)				(260)
Total comprehensive income												4,475
Cash dividends ($0.40 per common share)						(1,385)						(1,385)
Stock option expense				215								215
Issued 12,219 shares under dividend reinvestment plan		6		168								174
Issued 1,222,000 shares in stock offering		611		12,824								13,435
Issued 15,810 restricted shares		8		(8)								-
Issued 18,657 shares under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		9		182								191
BALANCE – December 31, 2010		$2,041		$40,660		$20,836		$(473)		$  -		$63,064
Comprehensive income:
Net Income						6,112						6,112
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of reclassification of gain of $16 (after tax) and tax effect of $(1,087)								1,721				1,721
Amortization of prior service cost and net loss, net of taxes ($47)								77				77
Increase in pension liability, net of taxes $617								(979)				(979)
Total comprehensive income												6,931
Cash dividends ($0.40 per common share)						(1,644)						(1,644)
Stock option expense				274								274
Issued 13,539 shares under dividend reinvestment plan		7		166								173
Excess tax benefit from stock compensation				3								3
Issued 13,978 restricted shares, net of 1,768 forfeit		6		(6)								-
Issued 17,256 shares under Employee Stock Purchase Plan		9		178								187
BALANCE – December 31, 2011		$2,063		$41,275		$25,304		$346		$  -		$68,988

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

62

EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(in thousands)

	2011		2010		2009
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Interest received		$32,236		$31,616		$30,327
Fees and commission received		12,846		12,635		13,363
Proceeds from sale of loans held for resale		24,267		13,230		16,338
Originations of loans held for resale		(24,811)		(15,624)		(16,518)
Interest paid		(7,016)		(6,895)		(8,407)
Cash paid to employees and vendors		(23,583)		(21,642)		(23,431)
Pension plan contributions		(120)		(150)		-
Income taxes paid		(3,004)		(3,556)		(975)
Net cash provided by operating activities		10,815		9,614		10,697
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Available for sale securities:
Purchases		(31,627)		(89,119)		(70,313)
Proceeds from sales		770
Proceeds from maturities		21,610		73,393		69,435
Held to maturity securities:
Purchases		(2,475)		(862)		(1,697)
Proceeds from maturities		778		1,769		483
Cash paid for bank-owned life insurance		(2,000)		-		-
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance		-		-		342
Additions to properties and equipment		(726)		(2,767)		(196)
Increase in loans, net of repayments		(56,765)		(37,828)		(53,029)
Sale of other real estate		-		96		-
Cash paid on earn-out agreements		-		-		(40)
Acquisitions		-		-		8,419
Net cash used in investing activities		(70,435)		(55,318)		(46,596)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowing		-		-		8,239
Repayment of borrowings		(9,885)		(10,921)		(11,605)
Increase in deposits		71,745		44,949		44,347
Dividends paid		(1,644)		(1,385)		(1,700)
Purchase of treasury stock		-		-		(27)
Issuance of common stock		360		13,800		454
Re-issuance of treasury stock		-		-		23
Net cash provided by financing activities		60,576		46,443		39,731
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		956		739		3,832
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of year		13,722		12,983		9,151
End of year		$14,678		$13,722		$12,983

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

63

EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(in thousands)

	2011		2010		2009
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income		$6,112		$4,840		$707
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		1,470		1,856		1,712
Goodwill impairment		-		-		1,985
Deferred tax benefit		(322)		(1,352)		(1,357)
Provision for loan and lease losses		2,484		3,943		10,500
Proceeds from sale of loans held for resale		24,267		13,230		16,338
Originations of loans held for resale		(24,811)		(15,624)		(16,518)
Net gain on sales of securities		(26)		(7)		(18)
Net loss on sale of other real estate		-		6		-
Gain on loans sold		(188)		(152)		(93)
Stock option expense		274		215		154
Changes in assets and liabilities affecting cash flow:
Other assets		1,162		1,229		(2,484)
Other liabilities		393		1,430		(229)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES		$10,815		$9,614		$10,697
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES:
Fair value of assets acquired in acquisitions (non-cash)		$          -		$          -		$43,516
Fair value of liabilities assumed in acquisitions		-		-		51,265

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

64

EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and General

Evans Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) was organized as a New York business corporation and incorporated under the laws of the State of New York on October 28, 1988 for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company. Through August 2004, the Company was registered with the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. In August 2004, the Company filed for, and was approved as, a Financial Holding Company under the Bank Holding Company Act. The Company currently conducts its business through its two subsidiaries: Evans Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), a nationally chartered bank, and its subsidiaries, Suchak Data Systems, LLC (“SDS”), Evans National Leasing, Inc. (“ENL”) and Evans National Holding Corp. (“ENHC”); and Evans National Financial Services, LLC (“ENFS”) and its subsidiary, The Evans Agency LLC (“TEA”). Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” refers collectively to Evans Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Company conducts its business through its subsidiaries. It does not engage in any other substantial business.

Regulatory Requirements

The Company is subject to the rules, regulations, and reporting requirements of various regulatory bodies, including the FRB, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), and the SEC.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank, ENFS and their subsidiaries. All material inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Accounting Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in order to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The estimates and assumptions that management deems to be critical involve our accounting policies relating to the determination of our allowance for loan and lease losses and the valuation of goodwill. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment and management evaluates them on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. We adjust our estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. The current economic recession increases the uncertainty inherent in our estimates and assumptions. As future events cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements in periods as they occur.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits at banks.

Cash and due from banks includes reserve balances that the Bank is required to maintain with Federal Reserve Banks. The required reserves are based upon deposits outstanding, and were approximately $0.2 million and $4.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Securities

Securities which the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and are stated at cost, adjusted for discounts and premiums that are recognized in interest income over the period to the earlier of the call date or maturity using the level yield method. These securities represent debt issuances of local municipalities in the Bank’s market area for which market prices are not readily available. Management periodically evaluates the financial condition of the municipalities to see if there is any cause for impairment in their bonds.

65

Securities classified as available for sale are stated at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of deferred income taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, a component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses on sales of securities are computed using the specific identification method.

Securities, which experience an other-than-temporary decline in fair value, are written down to a new cost basis with the amount of the write-down, due to credit problems, now included in earnings as a realized loss. The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value. Factors which management considers in determining whether an impairment in value of an investment is other than temporary include the period of time the securities were in a loss position, management’s intent and ability to hold securities until fair values recover to amortized cost or if it is considered more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security, the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, the issuer’s financial performance and near term prospects, the financial condition and prospects for the issuer’s geographic region and industry, and recoveries or declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date. There were no charges associated with other-than-temporary impairment declines in fair value of securities in 2011 or 2010.

The Bank does not engage in securities trading activities.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or pay-off, generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for unamortized deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance and is recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the effective yield method of accounting.

Loans become past due when the payment date has been missed. If payment has not been received within 30 days, then the loan is delinquent. Delinquent loans are placed into three categories; 30-59 days past due, 60-89 days past due, or 90+ days past due. Loans 90 or more days past due are considered non-performing.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent, unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection. If the credit is not well secured and in the process of collection, the loan is placed on non-accrual status and is subject to charge-off if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. A loan can also be placed on nonaccrual before it is 90 days delinquent if management determines that it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect principal or interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan.

All interest due but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual status or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cost-recovery method, until it again qualifies for an accrual basis. Any cash receipts on non-accrual loans reduce the carrying value of the loans. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, the adverse circumstances which resulted in the delinquent payment status are resolved, and payments are made in a timely manner for a period of time sufficient to reasonably assure their future dependability.

The Bank considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that it will be unable to collect principal or interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. Commercial mortgage and C&I loans are identified for evaluation and individually considered impaired. These loans are assessed for any impairment. Loan impairment is measured based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, estimated costs to sell, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. The Company has an appraisal policy in which appraisals are obtained upon a loan being downgraded on the Company’s internal loan rating scale to a 5 (special mention) or a 6 (substandard) depending on the amount of the loan, the type of loan and the type of collateral. If a loan remains criticized for an extended period of time, it is the Company’s policy to appraise the collateral at least annually. All impaired loans are either graded a 6 or 7 on the internal loan rating scale. Subsequent to the downgrade, if the loan remains outstanding and impaired for at least one year more, management may require another follow-up appraisal. Between receipts of updated appraisals, if necessary, management may perform an internal valuation based on any known changing conditions in the marketplace such as sales of similar properties, a change in the condition of the collateral, or feedback from local appraisers. Consumer loans and smaller balance leases are collectively evaluated for impairment. Since these loans and leases are not individually identified and evaluated, they are not considered impaired loans. The one exception is for consumer loans and smaller balance direct financing leases that are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) since all TDR

66

loans and leases are considered impaired. Occasionally a consumer loan is evaluated as part of a larger commercial loan relationship and may be considered impaired based on the results of the evaluation.

The Bank monitors the credit risk in its loan portfolio by reviewing certain credit quality indicators (“CQI”). The primary CQI for its commercial mortgage and C&I portfolios is the individual loan’s credit risk rating. The following list provides a description of the credit risk ratings that are used internally by the Bank when assessing the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses:

• 1-3-Pass: Risk Rated 1-3 loans are loans with a slight risk of loss. The loan is secured by collateral of sufficient value to cover the loan by an acceptable margin. The financial statements of the company demonstrate sufficient net worth and repayment ability. The company has established an acceptable credit history with the bank and typically has a proven track record of performance. Management is experienced, and has an at least average ability to manage the company. The industry has an average or less than average susceptibility to wide fluctuations in business cycles.

• 4-Watch: Although generally acceptable, a higher degree of risk is evident in these watch credits. Obligor assessment factors may have elements which reflect marginally acceptable conditions warranting more careful review and analysis and monitoring.

The obligor’s balance sheet reflects generally acceptable asset quality with some elements weak or marginally acceptable. Liquidity may be somewhat strained, but is at an acceptable level to support operations. Obligor may be fully leveraged with ratios higher than industry averages. High leverage is negatively impacting the company, leaving it vulnerable to adverse change. Inconsistent or declining capability to service existing debt requirements evidenced by debt service coverage temporarily below or near acceptable level. The margin of collateral may be adequate, but declining or fluctuating in value. Company management may be unproven, but capable. Rapid expansion or acquisition may increase leverage or reduce cash flow.

Negative industry conditions or weaker management could also be characteristic. Proper consideration should be given to companies in a high growth phase or in development business segments that may not have achieved sustainable earnings.

Obligors demonstrate sufficient financial flexibility to react to and positively address the root cause of the adverse financial trends without significant deviations from their current business strategy. The rating is also used for borrowers that have made significant progress in resolving their financial weaknesses.

• 5-O.A.E.M. (Other Assets Especially Mentioned): Special Mention (“SM”) – A special mention asset has potential weaknesses that warrant management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. SM assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

SM assets have potential weaknesses that may, if not checked or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the institution’s position at some future date. These assets pose elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a substandard classification. Borrowers may be experiencing adverse operating trends (declining revenues or margins) or an ill proportioned balance sheet (e.g. increasing inventory without an increase in sales, high leverage, tight liquidity).

Adverse economic or market conditions, such as interest rate increases or the entry of a new competitor, may also support a special mention rating.

Nonfinancial reasons for rating a credit exposure special mention include management problems, pending litigation, an ineffective loan agreement or other material structural weakness, and any other significant deviation from prudent lending practices.

The SM rating is designed to identify a specific level of risk and concern about asset quality. Although an SM asset has a higher profitability of default than a pass asset, its default is not imminent.

• 6-Substandard: A substandard asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

67

Substandard assets have a high probability of payment default, or they have other well-defined weaknesses. They require more intensive supervision by bank management.

Substandard assets are generally characterized by current or expected unprofitable operations, inadequate debt service coverage, inadequate liquidity, or marginal capitalization. Repayment may depend on collateral or other credit risk subsidies. For some substandard assets, the likelihood of full collection of interest and principal may be in doubt; such assets should be placed on non-accrual. Although substandard assets in the aggregate will have distinct potential for loss, an individual asset’s loss potential does not have to be distinct for the asset to be rated substandard. These loans are periodically reviewed and tested for impairment.

• 7-Doubtful: An asset classified doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

A doubtful asset has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification of loss is deferred.

Doubtful borrowers are usually in default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Pending events can include mergers, acquisitions, liquidations, capital injections, the perfection of liens on additional collateral, the valuation of collateral, and refinancing.

Generally, pending events should be resolved within a relatively short period and the ratings will be adjusted based on the new information. Because of high probability of loss, non-accrual accounting treatment is required for doubtful assets.

• 8-Loss: Assets classified loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the assets have absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

With loss assets, the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have formally suspended debt repayments, or have otherwise ceased normal business operations. Once an asset is classified loss, there is little prospect of collecting either its principal or interest. When access to collateral, rather than the value of the collateral, is a problem, a less severe classification may be appropriate. Losses are to be recorded in the period an obligation becomes uncollectible.

The Company’s consumer loans, including residential mortgages and home equities, are not individually risk rated or reviewed in the Company’s loan review process. Consumers are not required to provide the Company with updated financial information as is a commercial customer. Consumer loans also carry smaller balances. Given the lack of updated information since the initial underwriting of the loan and small size of individual loans, the Company uses delinquency status as the credit quality indicator for consumer loans.

Leases

The Bank’s leasing operations consists principally of the leasing of various types of small ticket commercial equipment. The Company follows ASC Topic 840, “Leases,” for all of its direct financing leases. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income, net of the remaining mark. In the third quarter of 2009, the Company announced its intention to sell the leasing portfolio. As a result, the Company classified the leasing portfolio as held-for-sale and marked the portfolio down to its fair market value as of June 30, 2009. As of September 30, 2009, management decided to service the portfolio to maturity and transferred it to held-for-investment. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the carrying value of the leasing portfolio amounted to $6.0 million and $15.5 million, respectively. All of the Bank’s leases are classified as direct financing leases.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The provision for loan and lease losses represents the amount charged against the Bank’s earnings to maintain an allowance for probable loan and lease losses inherent in the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. Factors considered by the Bank’s management in establishing the allowance include: the collectability of individual loans and leases, current loan and lease concentrations, charge-off history,

68

delinquent loan and lease percentages, the fair value of the collateral, input from regulatory agencies, and general economic conditions.

On a quarterly basis, management of the Bank meets to review and determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. In making this determination, the Bank’s management analyzes the ultimate collectability of the loans and leases in its portfolio by incorporating feedback provided by the Bank’s internal loan and lease staff, an independent internal loan and lease review function and information provided by examinations performed by regulatory agencies.

The analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses is composed of two components: specific credit allocation and general portfolio allocation. The specific credit allocation includes a detailed review of each impaired loan and allocation is made based on this analysis. Factors may include the appraisal value of the collateral, the age of the appraisal, the type of collateral, the performance of the loan to date, the performance of the borrower’s business based on financial statements, and legal judgments involving the borrower. The general portfolio allocation consists of an assigned reserve percentage based on the historical loss experience and other quantitative and qualitative factors of the loan or lease category.

The general portfolio allocation is segmented into pools of loans with similar characteristics. Separate pools of loans include loans pooled by loan grade and by portfolio segment. Loans graded a 5 or worse (“criticized loans”) that exceed a material balance threshold are evaluated by the Company’s credit department to determine if the collateral for the loan is worth less than the loan. All of these “shortfalls” are added together and divided by the respective loan pool to calculate the quantitative factor applied to the respective pool. These loans are not considered impaired because the cash flow of the customer and the payment history of the loan suggest that it is not probable that the Company will be unable to collect the full amount of principal and interest as contracted and are thus still accruing interest.

Loans that are graded 4 or better (“non-criticized loans”) are reserved in separate loan pools in the general portfolio allocation. A weighted average 5-year historical charge-off ratio by portfolio segment is calculated and applied against these loan pools.

For both the criticized and non-criticized loan pools in the general portfolio allocation, additional qualitative factors are applied. The qualitative factors applied to the general portfolio allocation reflect management’s evaluation of various conditions. The conditions evaluated include the following: industry and regional conditions; seasoning of the loan and lease portfolio and changes in the composition of and growth in the loan and lease portfolio; the strength and duration of the business cycle; existing general economic and business conditions in the lending areas; credit quality trends in non-accruing loans and leases; timing of the identification of downgrades; historical loan and lease charge-off experience; and the results of bank regulatory examinations. Due to the nature of the loans, the criticized loan pools carry significantly higher qualitative factors than the non-criticized pools.

Direct financing leases are segregated from the rest of the loan portfolio in determining the appropriate allowance for that portfolio segment. Unlike the loan portfolio, the Company does have sufficient historical loss data to perform a migration analysis for non-accruing leases. Management periodically updates this analysis by examining the non-accruing lease portfolio at different points in time and studying what percentage of the non-accruing portfolio ends up being charged off. All of the remaining leases not in non-accrual are allocated a reserve based on the several factors including: delinquency and non-accrual trends, charge-off trends, and national economic conditions.

The provision for loan and lease losses and the allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2011 are presented net of $405 thousand in benefit from FDIC guarantees related to loans purchased in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Waterford Village Bank in 2009.

Foreclosed Real Estate

Foreclosed real estate is initially recorded at the lower of book or fair value (net of costs of disposal) at the date of foreclosure. Costs relating to development and improvement of property are capitalized, whereas costs relating to the holding of property are expensed. Assessments are periodically performed by management, and an allowance for losses is established through a charge to operations if the carrying value of a property exceeds fair value. The Company had no Other Real Estate at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010.

Insurance Commissions and Fees

Commission revenue is recognized as of the effective date of the insurance policy or the date the customer is billed, whichever is later. The Company also receives contingent commissions from insurance companies which are based on

69

the overall profitability of their relationship based primarily on the loss experience of the insurance placed by the Company. Contingent commissions from insurance companies are recognized when determinable.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” The Company records the excess of the cost of acquired entities over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, as goodwill. The Company amortizes acquired intangible assets with definite useful economic lives over their useful economic lives utilizing the straight-line method. On a periodic basis, management assesses whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the intangible assets may be impaired. The Company does not amortize goodwill and any acquired intangible asset with an indefinite useful economic life, but reviews them for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may be impaired. A reporting unit is defined as any distinct, separately identifiable component of one of our operating segments for which complete, discrete financial information is available and reviewed regularly by the segment’s management. The only reporting unit with goodwill as of December 31, 2011 is the insurance agency activities reporting unit.

The fair value of the insurance agency activities reporting unit is measured annually as of December 31st utilizing the average of a discounted cash flow model and a market value based on a multiple to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) for similar companies. The calculated value of the insurance agency reporting unit was substantially in excess of the carrying amount at December 31, 2011. A review of the period subsequent to the measurement date is performed to determine if there were any significant adverse changes in operations or events that would alter our determination as of the measurement date. The Company has performed the required goodwill impairment tests and has determined that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2011.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Bank has purchased insurance on the lives of Company directors and certain members of the Bank’s and TEA’s management. The policies accumulate asset values to meet future liabilities, including the payment of employee benefits, such as retirement benefits. Increases in the cash surrender value are recorded as other income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

Properties and Equipment

Properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 39 years. Impairment losses on properties and equipment are realized if the carrying amount is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows and exceeds its fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.”

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the periods in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through income tax expense.

Net Income Per Share

Net income per common share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is based on increasing the weighted-average number of shares of common stock by the number of shares of common stock that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and immediate vesting of restricted shares. Such adjustments to weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments are expected to dilute earnings per common share. There were 2,391; 2,805; and 5,105 potentially dilutive shares of common stock included in calculating diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Potential common shares that would have the effect of increasing diluted earnings per share are considered to be anti-dilutive. In accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share,” these shares were not included in calculating diluted earnings per share. As of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, there were 213 thousand, 170 thousand, and 267 thousand shares, respectively, that are not included in calculating diluted earnings per share because their effect was anti-dilutive.

70

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes both net income and other comprehensive income, including the change in unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, and the change in the liability related to pension costs, net of tax.

Employee Benefits

The Bank maintains a non-contributory, qualified, defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) that covered substantially all employees before it was frozen on January 31, 2008. All benefits eligible participants had accrued in the Pension Plan until the freeze date have been retained. Employees have not accrued additional benefits in the Pension Plan from that date. The actuarially determined pension benefit in the form of a life annuity is based on the employee’s combined years of service, age and compensation. The Bank’s policy is to fund the minimum amount required by government regulations. Employees are eligible to receive these benefits at normal retirement age.

The Bank maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan and accrues contributions due under this plan as earned by employees. In addition, the Bank maintains a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain members of senior management, a non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for directors and certain members of management, and a non-qualified Executive Incentive Retirement Plan for certain members of management, as described more fully in Note 11 to “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock-based grant based on the estimated grant date value of the stock-based compensation that is expected to vest. Information on the determination of the estimated value of stock-based awards used to calculate stock-based compensation expense is included in Note 12 to “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Loss Contingencies

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into off-balance sheet financial arrangements consisting of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not reflect these various commitments. The Bank has not incurred any losses on its commitments during the past three years and has not recorded a reserve for its commitments.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Standards

The following significant accounting pronouncements became effective for the Company in 2011:

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-28,When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). This ASU modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350,Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors, including the examples provided in FASB ASC paragraph 350-20-35-30, in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. On adoption of this ASU, goodwill impairment that results from this requirement to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test would be recognized as cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010 for a public entity. An impairment charge recorded on adoption may require disclosure for 2010 calendar year-end registrants. The Company adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2012. The Company has one reporting unit with goodwill – TEA, its

71

insurance agency subsidiary. As the carrying amount of that reporting unit is greater than zero, adoption of this ASU did not impact the Company.

ASU 2011-02,A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. This ASU clarified guidance in identifying restructuring of receivables that constitute TDR’s for a creditor so that there is more consistent application of U.S. GAAP for debt restructurings. The ASU clarifies the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The new guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after June 15, 2011. The Company adopted ASU 2011-02 for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and applied the guidance retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. The Company did not identify any new TDR’s as a result of this standard. The ASU also clarified the effective date for new disclosure requirements for TDR’s, which have been included in Note 3 to these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements on Form 10-K.

2.     SECURITIES

The amortized cost of securities and their approximate fair value at December 31 were as follows:

	2011
	(in thousands)
			Unrealized
	Amortized Cost		Gains		Losses		Fair Value
Available for Sale:
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies		$29,002		$1,250		$    -		$30,252
States and political subdivisions		30,632		1,698		(4)		32,326
Total debt securities		$59,634		$2,948		$(4)		$62,578
Mortgage-backed securities:
FNMA		20,071		647		-		20,718
FHLMC		8,052		269		-		8,321
GNMA		5,895		248		-		6,143
CMO’s		2,196		25		-		2,221
Total mortgage-backed securities		$36,214		$1,189		$-		$37,403
Total		$95,848		$4,137		$(4)		$99,981
Held to Maturity:
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies		$        -		$      -		$      -		$        -
States and political subdivisions		3,802		24		(15)		3,811
Total		$3,802		$    24		$  (15)		$3,811

72

	2010
	(in thousands)
			Unrealized
	Amortized Cost		Gains		Losses		Fair Value
Available for Sale:
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies		$23,130		$609		$(95)		$23,644
States and political subdivisions		35,796		726		(225)		36,297
Total debt securities		$58,926		$1,335		$(320)		$59,941
Mortgage-backed securities:
FNMA		10,207		320		(65)		10,462
FHLMC		9,541		79		(53)		9,567
GNMA		4,763		38		-		4,801
CMO’s		2,659		11		(19)		2,651
Total mortgage-backed securities		$27,170		$448		$(137)		$27,481
Total		$86,096		$1,783		$(457)		$87,422
Held to Maturity:
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies		$-		$-		$-		$-
States and political subdivisions		2,140		22		(32)		2,130
Total		$2,140		$22		$(32)		$2,130

Available for sale securities with a total fair value of $76.7 million and $65.6 million were pledged as collateral to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The scheduled maturities of debt and mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2011 are summarized below. All maturity amounts are contractual maturities. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call premiums.

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
	(in thousands)
Debt securities available for sale:
Due in one year or less	$	2,426	$	2,453
Due after year one through five years		18,454		19,231
Due after five through ten years		24,995		26,238
Due after ten years		13,759		14,656
		59,634		62,578
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale	$	36,214	$	37,403
	$	95,848	$	99,981
Debt securities held to maturity:
Due in one year or less	$	2,656	$	2,644
Due after year one through five years		518		529
Due after five through ten years		40		42
Due after ten years		588		596
		3,802		3,811
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale		-		-
	$	3,802	$	3,811

73

Realized gains and losses from gross sales and calls of securities of $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are summarized as follows:

		000,000,00		000,000,00		000,000,00
	2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands)
Gross gains		$35		$17		$18
Gross losses		(9)		(10)		-
Net gain		$26		$7		$18

Information regarding unrealized losses within the Company’s available for sale securities at December 31^st of the respective years is summarized below. The securities are primarily U.S. government-guaranteed agency securities or municipal securities. All unrealized losses are considered temporary and related to market interest rate fluctuations.

					2011
	Less than 12 months				12 months or longer				Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
	(in thousands)				(in thousands)				(in thousands)
Debt securities
U.S. government agencies		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-
States and political subdivisions		401		(1)		304		(3)		705		(4)
Total debt securities		$401		$(1)		$304		$(3)		$705		$(4)
Mortgage-backed securities
FNMA		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-
FHLMC		-		-		-		-		-		-
CMO’s		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total mortgage-backed securities		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-
Held to Maturity:
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-
State and political subdivisions		2,239		(12)		1,006		(3)		3,245		(15)
Total temporarily impaired Securities		$2,640		$(13)		1,310		$(6)		$3,950		$(19)
					2010
	Less than 12 months				12 months or longer				Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
	(in thousands)				(in thousands)				(in thousands)
Debt securities
U.S. government agencies		$3,705		$(95)		$-		$-		$3,705		$(95)
States and political subdivisions		9,144		(225)		-		-		9,144		(225)
Total debt securities		$12,849		$(320)		$-		$-		$12,849		$(320)
Mortgage-backed securities
FNMA		$3,113		$(65)		$-		$-		$3,113		$(65)
FHLMC		7,897		(53)		-		-		7,897		(53)
CMO’s		2,011		(19)		-		-		2,011		(19)
Total mortgage-backed securities		$13,021		$(137)		$-		$-		$13,021		$(137)
Held to Maturity:
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-		$-
State and political subdivisions		466		(28)		862		(4)		1,328		(32)
Total temporarily impaired Securities		$26,336		$(485)		$862		$(4)		$27,198		$(489)

74

Management has assessed the securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and determined the decline in fair value below amortized cost to be temporary. In making this determination, management considered the period of time the securities were in a loss position, the percentage decline in comparison to the securities’ amortized cost, and the financial condition of the issuer (primarily government or government-sponsored enterprises). In addition, management does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost. Management believes the decline in fair value is primarily related to market interest rate fluctuations and not to the credit deterioration of the individual issuers. The Company holds no securities backed by sub-prime or Alt-A residential mortgages or commercial mortgages and also does not hold any trust-preferred securities.

While the Company did not record any other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2011 or 2010, and gross unrealized losses amounted to only $4 thousand at December 31, 2011, it remains possible that adverse economic conditions could negatively impact the securities portfolio in 2012. The credit worthiness of the Company’s portfolio is largely reliant on the ability of U.S. government agencies such as FHLB, Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), and municipalities throughout New York State to meet their obligations. In addition, dysfunctional markets could materially alter the liquidity, interest rate, and pricing risk of the portfolio. The stable past performance is not a guarantee for similar performance going forward.

The Company uses the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) as its primary source of overnight funds and also has several long-term advances with FHLBNY. At December 31, 2011, the Company had a total of $22.0 million in borrowed funds with FHLBNY. The Company has placed sufficient collateral in the form of residential real estate loans at FHLBNY. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, the Bank is required to hold stock in FHLBNY. The Bank held FHLBNY stock with a carrying value of $1.8 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

There are 12 branches of the FHLB, including New York. Several members have warned that they have either breached risk-based capital requirements or that they are close to breaching those requirements. To conserve capital, some FHLB branches are suspending dividends, cutting dividend payments, and not buying back excess FHLB stock that members hold. To the extent that one FHLB branch cannot meet its obligations to pay its share of the system’s debt; other FHLB branches can be called upon to make the payment.

Systemic weakness in the FHLB could result in impairment of the Company’s FHLB stock. However, FHLBNY has stated that it currently meets all of its capital requirements, continues to redeem excess stock for members, and has the expressed ability and intent to continue paying dividends. It has maintained a AAA credit rating with a stable outlook. Due to the relatively strong financial health of FHLBNY, there was no impairment in the Bank’s FHLB stock as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

3.         LOANS AND LEASES, NET

Major categories of loans and leases at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

	2011		2010
Mortgage loans on real estate:		(in thousands)
Residential mortgages		$73,579		$69,958
Commercial and multi-family		306,683		261,371
Construction-residential		2,392		1,320
Construction-commercial		27,887		32,332
Home equities		54,673		53,120
Total real estate loans		465,214		418,101
Direct financing leases		6,021		15,475
Commercial and industrial loans		109,513		91,445
Consumer loans		1,677		2,458
Other		586		252
Net deferred loan and lease origination costs		394		247
Total gross loans		583,405		527,978
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(11,495)		(10,424)
Loans and leases, net		$571,910		$517,554

75

Residential Mortgages: The Company originates adjustable-rate and fixed-rate, one-to-four-family residential real estate loans for the construction, purchase or refinancing of a mortgage. These loans are collateralized by owner-occupied properties located in the Company’s market area. They are amortized over 10 to 30 years. Loans on one-to-four-family residential real estate are mostly originated in amounts of no more than 80% of appraised value or have private mortgage insurance. Mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance are normally required. Construction loans have a unique risk, because they are secured by an incomplete dwelling.

The Bank, in its normal course of business, sells certain residential mortgages which it originates to FNMA. The Company maintains servicing rights on the loans that it sells to FNMA and earns a fee thereon. The Bank determines with each origination of residential real estate loans which desired maturities, within the context of overall maturities in the loan portfolio, provide the appropriate mix to optimize the Bank’s ability to absorb the corresponding interest rate risk within the Company’s tolerance ranges. This practice allows the Company to manage interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and credit risk. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had approximately $62.4 million and $44.2 million, respectively, in unpaid principal balances of loans that it services for FNMA. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company sold $24.1 million and $13.1 million, respectively, in loans to FNMA and realized gains on those sales of $188 thousand and $152 thousand, respectively. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are determined on a specific identification basis. The Company had a related asset of approximately $0.4 million for the servicing portfolio rights as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were $3.6 million in loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 compared with $2.9 million at December 31, 2010. Loans held for sale are typically in the portfolio for less than a month. As a result, the carrying value approximates fair value. The Company has never been contacted by FNMA to repurchase any loans due to improper documentation or fraud.

Due to the lack of foreclosure activity and absence of any ongoing litigation, the Company has no accrual for loss contingencies or potential costs associated with foreclosure-related activities.

Commercial and Multi-Family Mortgages: Commercial real estate loans are made to finance the purchases of real estate with completed structures or in the midst of being constructed. These commercial real estate loans are secured by first liens on the real estate, which may include apartments, hotels, retail stores or plazas, healthcare facilities, and other non-owner-occupied facilities. These loans are less risky than commercial and industrial loans, since they are secured by real estate and buildings. The Company offers commercial mortgage loans with up to an 80% LTV ratio for up to 20 years on a variable and fixed rate basis. Many of these mortgage loans either mature or are subject to a rate call after three to five years. The Company’s underwriting analysis includes credit verification, independent appraisals, a review of the borrower’s financial condition, and the underlying cash flows. These loans are typically originated in amounts of no more than 80% of the appraised value of the property. Construction loans have a unique risk, because they are secured by an incomplete dwelling.

Home Equities: The Company originates home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans (loans secured by a second lien position on one-to-four-family residential real estate). These loans carry a higher risk than first mortgage residential loans as they are in a second position relating to collateral. Risk is reduced through underwriting criteria, which include credit verification, appraisals, a review of the borrower’s financial condition, and personal cash flows. A security interest, with title insurance when necessary, is taken in the underlying real estate.

Direct Financing Leases: From 2005 to April 2009 the Company originated direct financing leases of commercial small-ticket general business equipment to companies located throughout the United States. These leases carry a high risk of loss. As a result of the increase in credit risks, poor performance in the portfolio, the lack of strategic fit with the Company’s community banking philosophy, and with the intention of reallocating capital back to its core business, management announced its exit from the national leasing business in April 2009. As a result of management’s decision to sell the portfolio a mark-to-market adjustment of $7.2 million was created on June 30, 2009. The mark was charged off against the allowance. The portfolio was subsequently placed back into held-for-investment as of September 30, 2009 after management determined that a greater value for the portfolio would be realized by keeping it rather than selling it. The portfolio was re-classified as held-for-investment using the same $7.2 million mark. Since that time, leases that are determined to have zero value have been applied to the remaining mark, rather than charged off through the allowance.

Commercial and Industrial Loans: These loans generally include term loans and lines of credit. Such loans are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and receivables), business expansion (including acquisition of real estate, expansion and improvements) and equipment purchases. As a general practice, a collateral lien is placed on equipment or other assets owned by the borrower. These loans carry a higher risk than commercial real estate loans based on the nature of the underlying collateral, which can be business assets such as equipment and accounts receivable. To reduce the risk, management also attempts to secure real estate as collateral and obtain personal guarantees of the borrowers. To further reduce risk and enhance liquidity, these loans generally carry variable rates of

76

interest, re-pricing in three- to five-year periods, and have a maturity of five years or less. Lines of credit generally carry floating rates of interest (e.g., prime plus a margin).

Consumer Loans: The Company funds a variety of consumer loans, including direct automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, boat loans, aircraft loans, home improvement loans, and personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized). Most of these loans carry a fixed rate of interest with principal repayment terms typically ranging up to five years, based upon the nature of the collateral and the size of the loan. The majority of consumer loans are underwritten on a secured basis using the underlying collateral being financed. A minimal amount of loans are unsecured, which carry a higher risk of loss.

Other Loans: These loans included $0.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $0.3 million at December 31, 2010 of overdrawn deposit accounts classified as loans.

Net loan commitment fees are deferred and amortized into fee income or other expense on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.

Loans Purchased in FDIC-Assisted Transaction:During the third quarter of 2009, the Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement (the “Agreement”) with the FDIC to purchase a failed community bank located in Clarence, NY called Waterford Village Bank (“Waterford”). Included in the purchase was a loan portfolio of $42.0 million. Included in that purchased portfolio were $2.0 million in credit-impaired loans, which were written down by $1.2 million at the time of acquisition for a net carrying amount at acquisition of $0.8 million. The balance of the total loan portfolio acquired from Waterford was $25.0 million and $34.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The balance in the purchased credit-impaired portfolio as of December 31, 2011 was less than $0.1 million.

All of the purchased loans and foreclosed real estate purchased by the Bank under the Agreement are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and the Bank which is included in the Agreement. The loans acquired in that acquisition are referred to as “covered” loans because they are “covered” by a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC. Under this loss sharing agreement, the FDIC has agreed to bear 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $5.6 million and 95% of losses that exceed $5.6 million. Reimbursable losses are based on the book value of the relevant loans and foreclosed assets as determined by the FDIC as of the date of the acquisition. The indemnification asset, which represents the expected proceeds from FDIC loss share claims related to former Waterford loans which are charged off, was $0.2 million at December 31, 2011, compared with $0.9 million at December 31, 2010. The asset declines as losses are reimbursed by the FDIC or losses are not incurred as initially recorded. The asset increases when new losses associated with the portfolio are identified.

At acquisition, the Company marked the covered loan portfolio to its market value and the allowance for loan and lease losses related to the covered loans was zero. Since acquisition, management has provisioned for any incremental increases in estimated credit losses due to deterioration in specific loans or increased risk factors on pools of loans. As a result of the FDIC loss share agreement, the provision for loan and lease losses and the allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are presented net of FDIC guarantees related to covered loans. The following table depicts the allowance for loan and lease losses related to covered loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The loans depicted in the following two tables are included in their respective loan categories in the other tables throughout this Note.

	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
	(in thousands)
Covered loans		$25,038			$34,157
Incremental estimated credit losses since acquisition		506			593
FDIC guarantee		(405	)		(474	)
Allowance for loan and lease losses		$101			$119

77

The following table depicts the covered loan portfolio by portfolio segment:

	December 31, 2011
Balances in 000’s	C&I	Commercial Real Estate Mortgages*	Consumer	Residential Mortgages*	Home Equities	Total
Loan balance	$3,407	$11,854	$735	$5,880	$3,162	$25,038
Incremental estimated credit losses since acquisition	$190	$119	$53	$81	$63	506
FDIC guarantee	152	95	43	65	50	405
ALLL	38	24	10	16	13	101
	December 31, 2010
Balances in 000’s	C&I	Commercial Real Estate Mortgages*	Consumer	Residential Mortgages*	Home Equities	Total
Loan balance	$4,463	$14,882	$1,073	$9,368	$4,371	$34,157
Incremental estimated credit losses since acquisition	208	311	13	33	28	593
FDIC guarantee	166	249	10	26	23	474
ALLL	42	62	3	7	5	119

* Includes construction loans

The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses in order to capture the probable losses inherent in its loan and lease portfolio. There is a risk that the Company may experience significant loan and lease losses in 2012 and beyond which could exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses. This risk is heightened by the current uncertain and adverse economic conditions. If the Company’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect or bank regulators require the Company to increase its provision for loan and lease losses or recognize further loan and lease charge-offs, the Company may have to increase its allowance for loan and lease losses or loan and lease charge-offs which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and financial condition. There can be no assurance that the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses will be adequate to protect the Company against loan and lease losses that it may incur.

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
			(in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year	$	10,424	$	6,971	$	6,087
Provision for loan and lease losses		2,484		3,943		10,500
Recoveries		109		59		242
Loans and leases charged off		(1,522)		(549)		(9,858)
Balance, end of year	$	11,495	$	10,424	$	6,971

78

The following tables summarize the allowance for loan and lease losses, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, by portfolio segments. The segments presented are at the level management uses to assess and monitor the risk and performance of the portfolio. The Company does not currently consider other factors such as industry and geography in assessing the loan portfolio.

	2011
Balances in 000’s	Commercial and Industrial	Commercial Real Estate Mortgages*	Consumer^	Residential Mortgages*	Home Equities	Direct Financing Leases	Unallocated	Total
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Beginning balance	$3,435	$4,252	$29	$548	$540	$1,471	$149	$10,424
Charge-offs	(1,305)	(189)	(28)	-	-	-	-	(1,522)
Recoveries	39	57	11	-	2	-	-	109
Provision	1,916	550	24	245	226	(477)	-	2,484
Ending balance:	4,085	4,670	36	793	768	994	149	11,495
Allowance for loans and lease losses:
Ending balance
Individually evaluated for impairment	$405	$844	$9	$-	$31	$350	$-	$1,639
Collectively evaluated for impairment	3,680	3,826	27	793	737	644	149	9,856
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Total	4,085	4,670	36	793	768	994	149	11,495
Loans and Leases:
Ending balance:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$2,230	$8,300	$44	$-	$497	$847	$-	$11,918
Collectively evaluated for impairment	107,283	326,270	2,187	75,971	54,176	5,174	-	571,061
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	-	-	32	-	-	-	-	32
Total	109,513	334,570	2,263	75,971	54,673	6,021	-	583,011

* Includes construction loans

^Includes other loans

Note: Loan and lease balances do not include $394 thousand in net deferred loan and lease origination costs as of December 31, 2011.

79

	2010
Balances in 000’s	Commercial and Industrial	Commercial Real Estate Mortgages*	Consumer^	Residential Mortgages*	Home Equities	Direct Financing Leases	Unallocated	Total
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Beginning balance	$2,387	$3,324	$57	$559	$495	$-	$149	$6,971
Charge-offs	(388)	(104)	(57)	-	-	-	-	(549)
Recoveries	4	30	24	-	1	-	-	59
Provision	1,432	1,002	5	(11)	44	1,471	-	3,943
Ending balance:	3,435	4,252	29	548	540	1,471	149	10,424
Allowance for loans and lease losses:
Ending balance Individually evaluated for impairment	$803	$596	$-	$-	$-	$78	$-	$1,477
Collectively evaluated for impairment	2,632	3,621	29	548	540	1,393	149	8,912
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	-	35	-	-	-	-	-	35
Total	3,435	4,252	29	548	540	1,471	149	10,424
Loans and Leases:
Ending balance:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$2,203	$6,574	$-	$-	$-	$522	$-	$9,299
Collectively evaluated for impairment	89,242	286,954	2,556	71,278	53,120	14,953	-	518,103
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality	-	175	154	-	-	-	-	329
Total	91,445	293,703	2,710	71,278	53,120	15,475	-	527,731

*Includes construction loans

^Includes other loans

Note: Loan and lease balances do not include $247 thousand in net deferred loan and lease origination costs.

In 2011, the economy remained stagnant, particularly expectations of future economic growth. $0.1 million of the $2.5 million provision was directly related to management’s assessment of existing economic conditions. For the loan portfolio, the provision was largely driven by increased overall loan growth, specific reserves on impaired loans, and increased qualitative percentages related to the increased risk to underwriting and portfolio management for a high-growth loan portfolio. For the leasing portfolio, the negative provision was driven by the improvement of non-accrual and charge-off trends. The following table depicts the activity in the leasing portfolio, including the mark:

80

	As of December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Direct financing lease principal balance		$6,509		$16,968		$35,645
Mark-to-market adjustment		(488)		(1,493)		(4,159)
Direct financing lease carrying balance		$6,021		$15,475		$31,486
	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Beginning balance of mark		$1,493		$4,159		$0
Mark-to-market adjustment		-		-		7,164
Net write-offs		(1,005)		(2,666)		(3,005)
Remaining mark		$488		$1,493		$4,159
Allowance for lease losses, beginning balance		$1,471		$0		$2,450
(Reduction of) provision for lease losses		(477)		1,471		6,822
Leasing net charge-offs		-		-		(9,272)
Allowance for lease losses, ending balance		$994		$1,471		$0
Total mark plus allowance		$1,482		$2,964		$4,159
Mark plus allowance / leasing principal balance		22.77%		17.47%		11.67%
Non-accruing leases		$1,160		$2,930		$2,905
Non-accruing leases / leasing principal balance		17.82%		17.27%		8.15%

The following table provides data, at the class level, of credit quality indicators of certain loans and leases, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectfully:

December 31, 2011
Corporate Credit Exposure – By Risk Rating	Commercial Real Estate Construction	Commercial & Multi- Family Mortgages	Total Commercial Real Estate	Commercial and Industrial
3	$21,607	$250,575	$272,182	$77,017
4	4,421	45,505	49,926	21,448
5	362	1,758	2,120	5,939
6	1,497	8,845	10,342	4,761
7	-	-	-	348
Total	$27,887	$306,683	$334,570	$109,513

81

December 31, 2010
Corporate Credit Exposure –By Risk Rating	Commercial Real Estate Construction		Commercial & Multi- Family Mortgages		Total Commercial Real Estate		Commercial and Industrial
3		$25,568		$212,833		$238,401		$60,297
4		2,703		37,393		40,096		19,692
5		2,565		3,020		5,585		6,029
6		1,496		8,125		9,621		3,992
7		-		-		-		1,435
Total		$32,332		$261,371		$293,703		$91,445

The Company’s risk ratings are monitored by the individual relationship managers and changed as deemed appropriate after receiving updated financial information from the borrowers or deterioration or improvement in the performance of a loan is evident in the customer’s payment history. Each commercial relationship is individually assigned a risk rating. The Company also maintains a loan review process that monitors the management of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio by the relationship managers. The Company’s loan review function reviews at least 40% of the commercial and commercial mortgage portfolio annually.

The Company’s consumer loans, including residential mortgages and home equities, are not individually risk rated or reviewed in the Company’s loan review process. Consumers are not required to provide the Company with updated financial information as a commercial customer is. Consumer loans are also smaller in balances. Given the lack of updated information since the initial underwriting of the loan and small size of individual loans, the Company uses the delinquency status as the credit quality indicator for consumer loans. The delinquency table is shown below. The Company does not lend to sub-prime borrowers. Unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection, all consumer loans that are more than 90 days past due are placed in non-accrual status.

For the home equity loan portfolio, the Company has not actively monitored whether the first lien positions are in default. As of December 31, 2010, the total balance in nonaccrual was only $0.3 million and the Company has had only $37 thousand in net charge-offs in the portfolio in total over the past five years through 2011. Given the low historical charge-offs, the entire reserve for home equities of $0.8 million represents qualitative reserves for: industry and regional conditions; seasoning of the portfolio and growth in the portfolio; the strength and duration of the business cycle; existing general economic and business conditions in the lending areas; and credit quality trends in non-accruing loans. Home equity nonaccruals increased to $0.9 million in 2011. $0.3 million of the loans are covered under the FDIC loss share agreement. The largest nonaccrual home equity loan is $0.3 million. The first lien on the collateral is part of the Company FNMA servicing portfolio. Therefore, management believes that the Company is aware of the borrower’s entire financial situation, and with an appraised value well in excess of the loans outstanding, is in a position to avoid losses on the loans. The next largest loan for $0.2 million is a relationship with a principal in one of the Company’s non-accruing commercial loan relationships. Therefore, management again is familiar with the borrower’s global financial situation and believes that it has reserved for the loan appropriately.

Similar to consumer loans, direct financing leases are evaluated in pools according to delinquency and accruing status rather than assigned risk ratings. Given the comparable lower credit quality of the leasing portfolio, leases are rarely kept in accruing status beyond 30 days past due. Non-accrual leases are assigned a reserve percentage based on the historical loss history of the Company’s non-accrual lease portfolio. Evaluating non-accruing leases as a pool is appropriate as they are small-balance and homogeneous in nature. On a quarterly basis, large leases (defined as leases greater than $50,000 in balances) are evaluated for any deterioration not readily apparent through payment performance. If any risk factors become apparent during the review such as deteriorating financial performance for the customer’s business or requests for a restructuring from the original terms of the contract, management places those large leases that are performing from a payment perspective but have some indications of credit deterioration into a second pool. These large leases with additional risk are assigned a reserve percentage reflective of the additional risk characteristics while taking into account the adequate payment performance. All other leases are placed in a third pool and assigned a reserve percentage commensurate with the credit history of the Company’s leasing portfolio, delinquency trends, non-accrual trends, charge-off trends, and general macro-economic factors.

The following table provides an analysis of the age of the recorded investment in loans and leases that are past due as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectfully:

82

	December 31, 2011
	- -30-59- -		- -60-89- -		- -90+ - -		Total Past Due		Current Balance		Total Balance		90+ Days Accruing		Non-accruing Loans and Leases
Commercial and industrial		$279		$94		$1,702		$2,075		$107,438		$109,513		$-		$2,180
Residential real estate:
Residential		735		55		1,062		1,852		71,727		73,579		73		1,048
Construction		-		-		167		167		2,225		2,392		-		167
Commercial real estate:
Commercial & multi-family		3,086		64		2,686		5,836		300,847		306,683		59		6,858
Construction		-		-		2,609		2,609		25,278		27,887		1,167		1,442
Home equities		481		110		683		1,274		53,399		54,673		-		946
Direct financing leases		327		26		754		1,107		4,914		6,021		-		1,160
Consumer		56		5		4		65		1,612		1,677		-		76
Other		-		-		-		-		980		980		-		-
Total Loans		$4,964		$354		$9,667		$14,985		$568,420		$583,405		$1,299		$13,877
	December 31, 2010
	- -30-59- -		- -60-89- -		- -90+ - -		Total Past Due		Current Balance		Total Balance		90+ Days Accruing		Non-accruing Loans and Leases
Commercial and industrial		$403		$200		$1,827		$2,430		$89,015		$91,445		$ -		$2,203
Residential real estate:
Residential		684		393		662		1,739		68,219		69,958		-		696
Construction		-		-		186		186		1,134		1,320		-		186
Commercial real estate:
Commercial & multi-family		351		4,196		2,014		6,561		254,810		261,371		-		5,724
Construction		6,277		-		1,655		7,932		24,400		32,332		805		850
Home equities		437		-		118		555		52,565		53,120		-		256
Direct financing leases		609		224		1,578		2,411		13,064		15,475		1		2,930
Consumer		83		135		190		408		2,050		2,458		-		276
Other		1		-		-		1		498		499		-		-
Total Loans		$8,845		$5,148		$8,230		$22,223		$505,755		$527,978		$806		$13,121

83

The following table provides data, at the class level, of impaired loans and leases:

	At December 31, 2011
	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Foregone		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:	(in thousands)
Commercial and industrial		$261		$270		$ -		$371		$9		$7
Residential real estate:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial real estate:
Commercial		2,723		2,916		-		2,503		215		44
Construction		1,442		1,497		-		1,355		48		3
Home equities		327		327		-		331		-		9
Direct financing leases		-		-		-		-		-		-
Consumer		32		95		-		79		7		-
Other		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total impaired loans and leases		$4,785		$5,105		$ -		$4,639		$279		$63

	At December 31, 2011
	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Foregone		Interest Income Recognized
With a related allowance recorded:	(in thousands)
Commercial and industrial		$1,969		$2,007		$405		$2,151		$58		$36
Residential real estate:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial real estate:
Commercial		4,135		4,418		844		4,257		267		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Home equities		170		170		31		170		4		2
Direct financing leases		847		907		350		1,214		60		1
Consumer		44		49		9		56		4		-
Other		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total impaired loans and leases		$7,165		$7,551		$1,639		$7,848		$393		$39

84

	At December 31, 2011
	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Foregone		Interest Income Recognized
Total:	(in thousands)
Commercial and industrial		$2,230		$2,277		$405		$2,522		$67		$43
Residential real estate:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial real estate:
Commercial		6,858		7,334		844		6,760		482		44
Construction		1,442		1,497		-		1,355		48		3
Home equities		497		497		31		501		4		11
Direct financing leases		847		907		350		1,214		60		1
Consumer		76		144		9		135		11		-
Other		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total impaired loans and leases		$11,950		$12,656		$1,639		$12,487		$672		$102
	At December 31, 2010
	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Foregone		Interest Income Recognized
	(in thousands)
Commercial and industrial		$2,203		$2,610		$803		$2,060		$141		$28
Residential real estate:
Residential		-		-		-		-		-		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Commercial real estate:
Commercial		5,724		6,515		616		2,153		249		189
Construction		850		867		15		1,235		34		-
Home equities		-		-		-		-		-		-
Direct financing leases		522		524		78		678				52
Consumer		154		349		-		155		19		-
Other		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total impaired loans and leases		$9,453		$10,865		$1,512		$6,281		$443		$269

There were $4.8 million in impaired loans with no related allowance at December 31, 2011. The Company did not have any impaired loans for which there was no related allowance for credit loss at December 31, 2010. As management identifies impaired loans that are collateral dependent, new appraisals are ordered to determine the fair value of the collateral. It should also be noted that when estimating the fair value of collateral for the purpose of performing an impairment test, management further reduces the appraised value of the collateral to account for estimated selling or carrying costs, age of the appraisal if applicable, or any other perceived market or borrower-specific risks to the value of the collateral. There were several commercial relationships identified as impaired in 2011 totaling $2.0 million that had collateral values greater than their loan values, resulting in no allowance recorded for those relationships. In addition, $0.8 million of the $4.8 million in impaired loans with no related allowance represents loans that were charged off to their collateral value, thereby resulting in no remaining allowance as of December 31, 2011.

85

The interest income in the table above was interest income recognized prior to these loans and leases being identified as impaired and placed on non-accrual. The Company did not recognize any interest income on those loans and leases while they were on non-accrual and impaired.

The following table summarizes the Bank’s non-accrual loans and leases and loans and leases 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

	At December 31,
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Non-accruing loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial		$2,180		$2,203
Residential real estate:
Residential		1,048		696
Construction		167		186
Commercial real estate:
Commercial & multi-family		6,858		5,724
Construction		1,442		850
Home equities		946		256
Direct financing leases		1,160		2,930
Consumer		76		276
Other		-		-
Total non-accruing loans and leases		$13,877		$13,121
Accruing loans 90+ days past due		1,299		806
Total non-performing loans and leases		$15,176		$13,927
Total non-performing loans and leases to total assets		2.05%		2.07%
Total non-performing loans and leases to total loans		2.60%		2.64%

As described earlier in this Note to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company does not classify small-balance homogenous non-accruing loans and leases, particularly residential mortgages, home equities, and direct financing leases, as impaired loans unless they are identified as TDR’s since there are not individual impairment tests performed for each of these loans and leases. As a result, total non-accruing loans and leases are greater than total impaired loans and leases.

The Bank had no loan commitments to borrowers in non-accrual status at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The following lists the components of the net investment in direct financing leases as of December 31:

	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Direct financing lease payments receivable		$7,114		$18,765
Estimated residual value of leased assets		156		315
Unearned income		(761)		(2,112)
Remaining mark		(488)		(1,493)
Net investment in direct financing leases		$6,021		$15,475

At December 31, 2011, minimum future lease payments to be received are as follows:

Year Ending December 31:
2012	$4,919
2013	2,086
2014	109
	$7,114

86

As of December 31, 2011, there were $122.6 million in residential and commercial mortgage loans pledged to FHLBNY to serve as collateral for borrowings.

Troubled debt restructurings

The Company had $7.7 million in loans and leases that were restructured and deemed to be a TDR at December 31, 2011 with $7.1 million of those balances in non-accrual status. Any TDR that is placed on non-accrual is not reverted back to accruing status until the borrower makes timely payments as contracted for at least six months and future collection under the revised terms is probable. None of the restructurings were made under a government assistance program. One commercial mortgage loan for $0.2 million is covered under the loss-sharing arrangement with the FDIC described previously in this Note 3 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. These restructurings were allowed in an effort to maximize the Company’s ability to collect on loans and leases where borrowers were experiencing financial difficulty. There were no new TDR’s identified as a result of the Company’s adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-02,A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuringas discussed more fully in Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table presents the Company’s TDR loans and leases as of December 31, 2011:

	December 31, 2011
	($ in thousands)
	Total		Nonaccruing		Accruing		Related Allowance
Commercial and industrial		$1,432		$1,362		$70		$64
Residential real estate:
Residential		-		-		-		-
Construction		-		-		-		-
Commercial real estate:
Commercial and multi family		5,258		5,258		-		708
Construction		-		-		-		-
Home equities		327		-		327		-
Direct financing leases		714		439		275		330
Consumer loans		-		-		-		-
Other		-		-		-		-
Total troubled restructured loans and leases		$7,731		$7,059		$672		$1,102

87

The following tables show the data for TDR activity during 2011:

	Year Ended December 31, 2011
	($ in thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings	Number of Contracts		Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial and Industrial		7	$	1,384	$	1,384
Residential Real Estate:
Residential		-		-		-
Construction		-		-		-
Commercial Real Estate:
Commercial and Multi-Family		10		5,457		5,457
Construction		-		-		-
Home Equities		1		327		327
Direct financing leases		-		-		-
Consumer loans		-		-		-
Other		-		-		-

Prior to 2011, most of the Company’s TDRs were in the leasing portfolio. The most common modification and concession made by the Company is to permit the borrower to skip lease payments and add additional payments to the end of the lease. Commercial real estate TDR’s at December 31, 2011 comprised of six relationships. One relationship, consisting of two loans for $3.5 million, was restructured in the first quarter of 2011 and accounts for the majority of the TDR balance. The loans, which were placed on nonaccrual in the fourth quarter of 2010 and considered impaired as of December 31, 2010, were restructured to a reduced interest-only payment structure in the first quarter of 2011 for a period of one year while the borrower attempts to sell the property or improve cash flow. The Company had a reserve of $0.7 million on this loan relationship as of December 31, 2011. The next largest TDR relationship involved 4 contracts for $0.8 million classified as commercial real estate and four contracts for $1.3 million classified as C&I for a total relationship of $2.1 million. In the third quarter of 2011, the Company decided to fund payroll in the amount of $31 thousand for this customer, a tree nursery. Management believed at the time that it was the best course of action to earn the borrower’s cooperation and assistance in re-paying the $2.1 million loans in full. The loans were already 90 days past due, considered impaired, and in nonaccrual before the restructuring. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had a related allowance of $0.1 million for the total relationship. The restructured agreements for three of the remaining four relationships considered to be TDR’s were agreed to in the fourth quarter of 2011. The other commercial real estate TDR’s have various agreements that involve reduced principal payments or interest-only payments for a period (usually 12 months) to allow the customer time to improve cash flow or sell the property with increased payments including principal and interest required after the first 12 months of the new agreement.

The home equity modification is a 12 month interest only agreement. As the loan is a TDR, it is considered impaired, but there is no reserve as management believes that there is adequate collateral value.

Modifications made to loans in a troubled debt restructuring did not have a material impact on the Company’s net income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. All of the C&I and commercial real estate TDR’s were already considered impaired and sufficiently reserved for before being identified as a TDR.

The reserve for an impaired TDR loan is based upon the present value of the future expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective rate or upon the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell, if the loan is deemed collateral dependent. At December 31, 2011, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors owing loans or leases whose terms have been modified in TDRs.

The general practice of the Bank is to work with borrowers so that they are able to pay back their loan or lease in full. If a borrower continues to be delinquent or cannot meet the terms of a TDR and the loan or lease is determined to be uncollectible, the loan or lease will be charged off. A loan or lease is considered in default when the loan or lease is 90 days past due or is charged off.

88

The only defaults on TDR’s in 2011 occurred in the leasing portfolio. Six leases with a recorded investment of $218 thousand defaulted in 2011 subsequent to being restructured. All leasing TDR’s that are non-accruing are reserved in a pool with all other non-accruing leases as they possess similar risk characteristics. Leasing TDR’s that are accruing interest and considered performing are reserved in a pool with all other performing leases as they are considered to possess similar risk characteristics.

4.             PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT

Properties and equipment at December 31 were as follows:

	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Land		$268		$268
Buildings and improvements		12,451		12,351
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment		10,903		10,276
		23,622		22,895
Less accumulated depreciation		(13,145)		(12,054)
Properties and equipment, net		$10,477		$10,841

Depreciation expense totaled $1.3 million in 2011, $1.2 million in 2010 and $1.1 million in 2009.

5.             OTHER ASSETS

Other assets at December 31 were as follows:

	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Net deferred tax asset		$5,253		$5,446
Accrued interest receivable		2,543		2,376
Prepaid expenses		1,951		2,545
Mortgage servicing rights		407		388
Indemnification asset (FDIC loss share)		241		876
Other		2,782		2,785
Total		$13,177		$14,416

6.             GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company had $8.1 million in goodwill as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The entire amount of goodwill was within the insurance agency activities segment. The Company measures the fair value of the insurance agency reporting unit annually, as of December 31 utilizing the market value and income methods. When using the cash flow models, management considered historical information, the operating budget, and strategic goals in projecting net income and cash flows for the next five years. No impairment was recognized as a result of the goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Further discussion of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing is in Note 1.

The continued credit deterioration in the leasing portfolio and the Company’s strategic decision to exit the national leasing business prompted the Company to perform a goodwill impairment test of the leasing reporting unit at March 31, 2009. The test indicated the goodwill related to the leasing reporting unit was impaired. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $2.0 million in 2009 related to a write-off of all of the Company’s goodwill allocated to the leasing reporting unit. The leasing reporting unit is part of the banking activities segment.

Information regarding the Company’s other intangible assets at December 31 follows:

2011	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net		Weighted Avg Amortization Period
	(in thousands)
Non-compete agreements		$738		$(716)		$22	5 years
Insurance expirations		4,585		(3,929)		656	8 years
Total		$5,323		$(4,645)		$678	8 years

89

		$00000000		$00000000		$00000000	$00000000
2010	Gross   Carrying   Amount		Accumulated   Amortization		Net		Weighted Avg   Amortization   Period
			(in thousands)
Customer contracts		$729		$(729)		$      -	-
Non-compete agreements		738		(694)		44	5 years
Insurance expirations		4,585		(3,461)		1,124	8 years
Total		$6,052		$(4,884)		$1,168	8 years

Amortization expense related to intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $490 thousand, $900 thousand and $930 thousand, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

		$000000000000000
Year Ending December 31	Amount
	(in thousands)
2012		$347
2013		218
2014		113
2015		-
2016		-

7.            DEPOSITS

Time deposits, with minimum denominations of $100 thousand each, totaled $39.6 million and $57.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were $0.2 million and $0.3 million of overdraft accounts in deposits that were reclassified to loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of all time deposits were as follows:

	(in thousands)
2012		$  45,267
2013		13,787
2014		9,359
2015		30,645
2016 and later		14,409
		$113,467

Some of the Company’s time deposits were obtained through brokered transactions and the Company’s participation in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”). Brokered time deposits totaled $1.2 million and $14.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Bank joined the CDARS program in 2009. The Bank had $0 and $2.7 million in CDARS deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

8.            BORROWED FUNDS AND JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

Other borrowed funds consisted primarily of various advances from the FHLB with fixed interest rate terms ranging from 2.52% to 3.55%. The maturities and weighted average rates of other borrowed funds at December 31, 2011 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

		$00000000000000000000	$00000000000000000000
	Maturities		Weighted Average Rate
2012		$3,000	2.52%
2013		10,000	3.28%
2014		9,000	3.53%
Total		$22,000	3.28%

Other short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2011 consisted of an FHLB advance for $3.0 million that had an original maturity of greater than one year but as of December 31, 2011 has less than one year until maturity. The

90

Bank has the ability to borrow additional funds from the FHLB based on the available securities or real estate loans that can be used as collateral, and to purchase additional federal funds through one of the Bank’s correspondent banks.

The amounts and interest rates of other short-term borrowings were as follows:

		$000000000000		$000000000000		$000000000000
	Overnight Line   of Credit		Other Short-Term   Borrowings		Total
			(dollars in thousands)
At December 31, 2011
Amount Outstanding		-		3,000		3,000
Weighted-average interest rate		-		2.52%		2.52%
For the year ended December 31, 2011
Highest amount at a month-end		1,540		5,000
Daily average amount outstanding		278		2,606		2,884
Weighted-average interest rate		0.40%		2.68%		2.46%
At December 31, 2010
Amount Outstanding		8,600		5,069		13,669
Weighted-average interest rate		0.40%		3.13%		1.41%
For the year ended December 31, 2010
Highest amount at a month-end		21,900		5,069
Daily average amount outstanding		4,592		4,027		8,619
Weighted-average interest rate		0.45%		3.13%		1.70%
At December 31, 2009
Amount Outstanding		19,090		-		19,090
Weighted-average interest rate		0.32%		-		0.32%
For the year ended December 31, 2009
Highest amount at a month-end		26,515		-
Daily average amount outstanding		8,680		-		8,680
Weighted-average interest rate		0.49%		-		0.49%

On October 1, 2004, Evans Capital Trust I, a statutory business trust wholly-owned by the Company (the “Trust”), issued $11.0 million in aggregate principal amount of floating rate preferred capital securities due November 23, 2034 (the “Capital Securities”) classified on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as Junior Subordinated Debentures. The distribution rate on the Capital Securities of the Trust adjusts quarterly based on changes in the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and was 3.15% at December 31, 2011.

The Capital Securities have a distribution rate of 3 month LIBOR plus 2.65%, and the distribution dates are February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23.

The common securities of the Trust (the “Common Securities”) are wholly-owned by the Company and are the only class of each Trust’s securities possessing general voting powers. The Capital Securities represent preferred undivided interests in the assets of the corresponding Trust. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s current risk-based capital guidelines, the Capital Securities are includable in the Company’s Tier 1 (Core) capital.

The proceeds from the issuances of the Capital Securities and Common Securities were used by the Trust to purchase $11.3 million aggregate liquidation amount of floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“Junior Subordinated Debentures”) of the Company, due October 1, 2037, comprised of $11.0 million of Capital Securities and $330 thousand of Common Securities. The $330 thousand of Common Securities represent the initial capital contribution of the Company to the Trust, which, in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 810 “Consolidation,” have not been consolidated and are included in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Junior Subordinated Debentures represent the sole assets of the Trust, and payments under the Junior Subordinated Debentures are the sole source of cash flow for the Trust. The interest rate payable on the Junior Subordinated Debentures was 3.15% at December 31, 2011.

91

Holders of the Capital Securities receive preferential cumulative cash distributions on each distribution date at the stated distribution rate, unless the Company exercises its right to extend the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures for up to twenty quarterly periods, in which case payment of distributions on the respective Capital Securities will be deferred for comparable periods. During an extended interest period, in accordance with terms as defined in the indenture relating to the Capital Securities, the Company may not pay dividends or distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or acquire any shares of its capital stock. The agreements governing the Capital Securities, in the aggregate, provide a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the payment of distributions on, the redemption of, and any liquidation distribution with respect to the Capital Securities. The obligations under such guarantee and the Capital Securities are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the Company.

The Capital Securities will remain outstanding until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are repaid at maturity, are redeemed prior to maturity or are distributed in liquidation to the Trust. The Capital Securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole, but not in part, upon repayment at the stated maturity dates of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or the earlier redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole upon the occurrence of one or more events (“Events”) set forth in the indentures relating to the Capital Securities, and in whole or in part at any time after the stated optional redemption date of November 23, 2009, contemporaneously with the optional redemption of the related Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole or in part. The Junior Subordinated Debentures are redeemable prior to their stated maturity dates at the Company’s option: (i) on or after the stated optional redemption dates, in whole at any time or in part from time to time; or (ii) in whole, but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence and during the continuation of one or more of the Events, in each case subject to possible regulatory approval. The redemption price of the Capital Securities and the related Junior Subordinated Debentures upon early redemption would be at the liquidation amount plus accumulated but unpaid distributions.

9.            SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

The Bank enters into agreements with customers to sell securities owned by the Bank to the customers and repurchase the identical security, generally within one day. No physical movement of the securities is involved. The customer is informed the securities are held in safekeeping by the Bank on behalf of the customer. The Bank had $9.0 million and $5.2 million in securities sold under agreement to repurchase at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

10.            COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following tables display the components of other comprehensive income (loss):

		$00000000000		$00000000000		$00000000000
	2011
	Before-tax Amount		Income Tax (Provision) Benefit		Net
			(in thousands)
Unrealized gain on investment securities:
Unrealized holding gain during period		$2,834		$(1,097)		$1,737
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income		26		(10)		16
Net unrealized gain		2,808		(1,087)		1,721
Increase in pension liability		(1,473)		571		(902)
Net other comprehensive income		$1,335		$(516)		$819

92

		$00000000000		$00000000000		$00000000000
	2010
	Before-tax Amount		Income Tax  (Provision) Benefit		Net
				(in thousands)
Unrealized loss on investment securities:
Unrealized holding loss during period		$(298)		$121		$(177)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income		7		(3)		4
Net unrealized loss		(305)		124		(181)
Increase in pension liability		(292)		108		(184)
Net other comprehensive loss		$(597)		$232		$(365)
	2009
	Before-tax Amount		Income Tax (Provision) Benefit		Net
			(in thousands)
Unrealized gains on investment securities:
Unrealized holding gains during period		$500		$(196)		$304
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income		18		(7)		11
Net unrealized gain		482		(189)		293
Decrease in pension liability		223		(87)		136
Net other comprehensive income		$705		$(276)		$429

11.            EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

Employees’ Pension Plan

The Bank has a defined benefit pension plan that covered substantially all employees of the Company. The Pension Plan provides benefits that are based on the employees’ compensation and years of service. The Bank uses an actuarial method of amortizing prior service cost and unrecognized net gains or losses which result from actual experience and assumptions being different than those that are projected. The amortization method the Bank uses recognizes the prior service cost and net gains or losses over the average remaining service period of active employees which exceeds the required amortization. The Pension Plan was frozen effective January 31, 2008. Under the freeze, eligible employees will receive the benefits already earned through January 31, 2008 at retirement, but will not be able to accrue any additional benefits. As a result, service cost will no longer be incurred.

93

Selected Financial Information for the Pension Plan is as follows:

		$0000000000000		$0000000000000
	12/31/2011		12/31/2010
	(in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		$4,095		$3,648
Service cost		-		-
Interest cost		217		219
Assumption change		519		248
Actuarial (gain) loss		(54)		94
Benefits paid		(232)		(114)
Benefit obligation at end of year		4,545		4,095
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year		3,098		2,641
Actual return on plan assets		108		421
Employer contributions		120		150
Benefits paid		(232)		(114)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		3,094		3,098
Funded status		$(1,451)		$(997)
Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of:
Accrued benefit liabilities		$(1,451)		$(997)
Amount recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive loss consists of:
Net actuarial loss		1,629		1,068
Prior service cost		-		-
Net amount recognized in equity – pre-tax		$1,629		$1,068
Net amount recognized on Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Liabilities		$178		$71
Accumulated benefit obligation at year end		$4,545		$4,095

Valuations of the Pension Plan as shown above were conducted as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (the measurement date). Assumptions used by the Bank in the determination of Pension Plan information consisted of the following:

		$00000000000		$00000000000		$00000000000
	2011		2010		2009
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation		4.46%		5.46%		5.95%
Discounted rate for net periodic pension cost		5.46%		5.95%		6.01%
Rate of increase in compensation levels		-  %		-  %		-  %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets		7.50%		7.50%		7.50%

The components of net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:

		$00000000000		$00000000000		$00000000000
	2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands)
Service cost		$-		$-		$-
Interest cost		217		219		215
Expected return on plan assets		(228)		(194)		(169)
Net amortization and deferral		25		28		55
Net periodic benefit cost		$14		$53		$101

The estimated amounts to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic cost in 2012 for amortization of actuarial loss will be $63 thousand.

The expected long-term rate of return on Pension Plan assets assumption was determined based on historical returns earned by equity and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect future return expectations based on plan targeted asset allocation. Equity and fixed income securities were assumed to earn returns in the ranges of 9% to 10% and 5% to 6%, respectively. When these overall return expectations are applied to the Pension Plan’s targeted allocation, the expected rate of return is determined to be 7.50%, which is approximately the mid-point of the range of expected return. The

94

weighted average asset allocation of the Pension Plan at December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Pension Plan measurement date, was as follows:

		$000000000000000		$000000000000000
	2011		2010
Asset category:
Equity mutual funds		89.4%		59.6%
Fixed income security mutual funds		0.0%		39.5%
Cash/Short-term investments		10.6%		0.9%
		100.0%		100.0%

The investment objective of fixed-income, or bond, funds is to maximize investment return while preserving investment principal. The investment objective of equity funds is long-term capital appreciation with current income. Equity funds are diversified among various industries. The Company shifted the Pension Plan asset allocation after the equity market pullback in early August. Assets were shifted to a higher equity weighting and fixed income was reduced significantly. The Company’s targeted long-term asset allocation under normal market conditions will approximate 60%-70% with equity managers and 30%-40% with fixed income managers. This allocation is consistent with the Company’s goal of diversifying the Pension Plan assets in order to preserve capital while achieving investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of pension obligations and cash flow requirements. The investment markets of 2011 were far from normal with historically low fixed income yields and volatile equity prices. The financial crisis in Europe and low interest rates in the United States drove a significant shift in allocation away from fixed income into equities after the August drop in share prices. The Pension Plan added commodities and real estate to substitute as a risk modifier in place of some fixed income investments. Equities were further diversified by adding emerging markets while mid caps were reduced and international equities increased. The Company’s investment manager regularly reviews the Pension Plan’s actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances its investments to the targeted allocation when considered appropriate.

The Company’s management believes that 7.50% is a reasonable long-term rate of return on the Pension Plan’s Qualified Plan assets. Given the mix of Pension Plan assets at December 31, 2010, and using an expected return on equities of 9-10% and 5-6% on fixed income funds, management believes that 7.50% falls within the range of expected return. The Company’s management will continue to evaluate its actuarial assumptions, including the expected rate of return, at least annually, and will adjust as necessary.

The Company contributed $120 thousand to the Pension Plan in 2011 and estimates that it will contribute another $120 thousand to the Pension Plan in 2012.

The major categories of assets in the Bank’s Pension Plan as of year-end are presented in the following table. Assets are segregated according to their investment objective by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy established by ASC Topic 820 utilized to measure fair value (see Note 19 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments).

		$000000000000000		$000000000000000
	2011		2010
Level 1:
Cash		$30		$28
Mutual funds:
Short-term investments:
Money market		164		-
Equities:
Small cap		354		-
Real estate		298		-
International large cap		722		-
Emerging markets		397		-
Commodity broad basket		134		-
Exchange-traded funds:
Large cap		697		-
Mid cap		298		-
		$3,094		$28

95

Level 2:
Pooled separate accounts:
Bonds	$-	$1,224
Equities:
Balanced	-	154
Large cap value	-	212
Large cap growth	-	346
Mid cap	-	539
Small cap	-	307
International	-	288
Total fair value of plan assets	$3,094	$3,098

During 2011, the Company changed to a new plan custodian and as a result transferred its plan assets out of the pooled separate accounts and into several mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). The mutual funds and ETFs are actively traded with market quotes available on at least a daily basis. Therefore, they are Level 1 assets.

Pooled separate accounts (“PSAs”) invest in designated mutual funds. The PSA owns and holds the underlying mutual fund shares which are valued daily at the net asset values (“NAV”). The Pension Plan held “units of participation” in the PSAs. The accumulation unit value (“AUV”) is the value of each unit in the PSA and the PSA was valued daily as the number of accumulation units held multiplied by the AUV. The AUV is first established when a new fund starts and is then determined daily based on the NAV of shares of the underlying fund, the fund’s dividends, and the contract’s separate account charges. The fund NAV’s are available from the custodian or, in some cases, from national exchanges. The contract’s daily asset charge (separate account charge) is communicated to Pension Plan management in the contract and applicable notice of change. Since the AUV is determined based on a combination of the fund NAV and the separate account charges, Level 2 was the appropriate classification for PSA’s.

The discount rate utilized by the Company for determining future pension obligations is based on a review of long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency. The discount rate determined on this basis decreased from 5.46% at December 31, 2010 to 4.46% at December 31, 2011 for the Company’s Pension Plan.

Expected benefit payments under the Pension Plan over the next ten years at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	(in thousands)
2012		$165
2013		183
2014		182
2015		200
2016		207
Years 2017-2021		1,071

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

The Bank also maintains a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (the “SERP”) covering certain members of the Company’s senior management. The SERP was amended during 2003 to provide a benefit based on a percentage of final average earnings, as opposed to the fixed benefit that the superseded plan provided for.

On April 8, 2010, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the adoption of the Evans Bank, N.A. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (“the Senior Executive SERP”). The “old” SERP plan will keep its participants at the time of the creation of the Senior Executive SERP, but any future executives identified by the Board of Directors as eligible for SERP benefits will participate in the Senior Executive SERP. A participant is generally entitled to receive a benefit under the Senior Executive SERP upon a termination of employment, other than for “cause”, after the participant has completed 10 full calendar years of service with the Bank. No benefit is payable under the Senior Executive SERP if the participant’s employment is terminated for “cause” or if the participant voluntarily terminates before completing 10 full calendar years of service with the Bank. In addition, the payment of benefits under the Senior Executive SERP is conditioned upon certain agreements of the participant related to confidentiality, cooperation, non-competition, and non-solicitation. A participant will be entitled to a retirement benefit under the Senior Executive SERP if his or her employment with the Bank terminates other than for “cause” on or after the date the participant attains age 65. The “accrued benefit” is based on a percentage of the participant’s final average earnings, which is determined based upon the participant’s total annual compensation over the highest consecutive five calendar years of the participant’s employment with the Bank, accrued over the participant’s “required

96

benefit service”. The percentages and years of service requirements are set forth in each participant’s Participation Agreement, and range from 25% to 35% and from 15 to 20 years.

The obligations related to the two SERP plans are indirectly funded by various life insurance contracts naming the Bank as beneficiary. The Bank has also indirectly funded the SERPs, as well as other benefits provided to other employees through bank-owned life insurance. The Bank uses an actuarial method of amortizing unrecognized net gains or losses which result from actual experience and assumptions being different than those that are projected. The amortization method the Bank is using recognizes the net gains or losses over the average remaining service period of active employees, which exceeds the required amortization.

Selected financial information for the two SERP plans is as follows:

		December, 2011		December, 2011
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		$3,661		$3,200
Service cost		180		164
Interest cost		189		188
Plan amendments		-		260
Actuarial loss		1,010		42
Benefits paid		(193)		(193)
Benefit obligations at end of year		4,847		3,661
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year		-		-
Actual return on plan assets		-		-
Contributions to the plan		193		193
Benefits paid		(193)		(193)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		-		-
Funded status		$(4,847)		$(3,661)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet consists of:
Accrued benefit liability		$(4,847)		$(3,661)
Amount recognized in Accumulated other Comprehensive loss consist of:
Net actuarial loss		1,517		518
Prior service cost		437		524
Net amount recognized in equity – pre-tax		$1,954		$1,042
Net amount recognized on Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Liabilities		$(2,893)		$(2,619)
Accumulated benefit obligation at year end		$4,226		$3,153

Valuations of the SERP liability, as shown above, were conducted as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. Assumptions used by the Bank in both years in the determination of SERP information consisted of the following:

		December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011
	2011		2010		2009
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation		4.34%		5.34%		5.60%
Discount rate for net periodic pension cost		5.34%		5.60%		6.43%
Salary scale		3.12%		4.36%		3.50%

The discount rate utilized by the Company for determining future pension obligations is based on a review of long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency. The discount rate determined on this basis decreased from 5.34% at December 31, 2010 to 4.34% at December 31, 2011 (or the measurement date) for the SERP.

97

The components of net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:

		December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011
	2011		2010		2009
			(in thousands)
Service cost		$180		$164		$63
Interest cost		189		188		179
Net amortization and deferral		98		97		66
Net periodic benefit cost		$467		$449		$308

The estimated amounts to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2012 for prior service costs and actuarial loss will be $87 thousand and $108 thousand, respectively.

Expected benefit payments under the SERP over the next ten years at December 31, 2011 were as follows:

	(in thousands)
2012		$1,363
2013		193
2014		193
2015		193
2016		193
2017-2021		2,697

Other Compensation Plans

The Company also maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain directors. Expenses under this plan were approximately $54 thousand in 2011, $31 thousand in 2010 and $30 thousand in 2009. The estimated present value of the benefit obligation included in other liabilities was $0.3 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This obligation is indirectly funded by life insurance contracts naming the Bank as beneficiary. The increase in cash surrender value is included in other non-interest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan whereby certain directors and certain officers may defer a portion of their base pre-tax compensation. Additionally, the Company has a non-qualified executive incentive retirement plan, whereby the Company defers on behalf of certain officers a portion of their base compensation, as well as an incentive award based upon Company performance, until retirement or termination of service, subject to certain vesting arrangements. Expense under these plans was approximately $178 thousand in 2011, $133 thousand in 2010 and $113 thousand in 2009. The benefit obligation, included in other liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, was $2.2 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

These benefit plans are indirectly funded by bank-owned life insurance contracts with a total aggregate cash surrender value of approximately $14.8 million and $12.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Increases in cash surrender value are included in other non-interest income on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. Endorsement split-dollar life insurance benefits have also been provided to directors and certain officers of the Bank and its subsidiaries during employment.

The Bank also has a defined contribution retirement and thrift 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for its employees who meet certain length of service and age requirements. The provisions of the 401(k) Plan allow eligible employees to contribute a portion of their annual salary, up to the IRS statutory limit. Effective January 1, 2011, the 401(k) plan implemented a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (“QACA”). This arrangement features automatic deferred contributions with annual escalation, a QACA matching contribution, and an additional matching contribution. In addition, employees are no longer required to complete one year of service prior to receive matching contributions. Employees vest in employer contributions over six years. The Company’s expense under the 401(k) Plan was approximately $445 thousand, $271 thousand and $259 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

12.             STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

At December 31, 2011, the Company had two stock-based compensation plans, which are described below. The Company accounts for the fair value of its grants under those plans in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation –

98

Stock Compensation.” The compensation cost charged against income for those plans was $212 thousand, $166 thousand, and $154 thousand for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, included in “Salaries and Employee Benefits” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. All stock option and restricted stock expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the expected vesting term. In addition, expense for director options and restricted stock was recognized to reflect $62 thousand, $50 thousand, and $0 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as part of “Other” expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan

Under the Company’s 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) and, prior to the adoption of that plan by shareholders in April 2009, under the Company’s 1999 Employee Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan” and together with the 2009 Plan, the “Equity Plans”), the Company has granted options or restricted stock to officers, directors and key employees. Under the Equity Plans, the Company was authorized to issue up to 329,796 shares of common stock. Under the Equity Plans, the exercise price of each option is not to be less than 100% of the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an option’s maximum term is ten years. If available, the Company normally issues shares out of its treasury for any options exercised or restricted shares issued. The options have vesting schedules from 12 months through 10 years. At December 31, 2011, there were a total of 47,375 shares available for grant under the 2009 Plan. The Company may no longer make grants under the 1999 Plan.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

		December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011
	2011		2010		2009
Dividend Yield		2.86%		2.73%		6.31%
Expected Life (years)		7.0		7.0		10.0
Expected Volatility		19.26%		16.97%		17.91%
Risk-free Interest Rate		2.68%		3.26%		3.51%
Weighted Average Fair Value		$2.11		$2.31		$1.50

The Company used historical volatility calculated using daily closing prices for its common stock over periods that match the expected term of the option granted to estimate the expected volatility. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based upon U.S. Treasury yields appropriate for the expected term of the Company’s stock options based upon the date of grant. The expected dividend yield was based upon the Company’s recent history of paying dividends. The expected life was based upon the options’ expected vesting schedule and historical exercise patterns. Future compensation cost expected to be expensed over the weighted average remaining contractual term for remaining outstanding options is $158 thousand.

Stock options activity for 2011 was as follows:

		December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011
	Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($ in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2010		204,968		$16.15
Granted		53,520		14.00
Exercised		-		-
Expired		(6,773)		15.67
Forfeited		(13,147)		13.94
Balance, December 31, 2011		238,568		$15.81		6.39		$    -
Exercisable, December 31, 2011		136,126		$17.30		5.06		$    -

99

Restricted stock award activity for 2011 was as follows:

	Shares		Weighted- Average Grant     Date Fair Value
Balance, December 31, 2010		12,763		$12.92
Granted		13,978		13.86
Vested		(7,071)		12.71
Forfeited		(1,768)		13.86
Balance, December 31, 2011		17,902		$13.70

As of December 31, 2011, there was $149 thousand in unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Equity Plans. The unrecognized compensation cost is scheduled to be recognized as follows:

	(in thousands)
2012		$72
2013		46
2014		25
2015		6

During fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009, the following activity occurred under the Company’s plans:

	December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011
(in thousands)		2011		2010		2009
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised			$-		$-		$-
Total fair value of restricted stock awards vested			$94		$138		$85

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company also maintains the Evans Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). As of December 31, 2011, there were 98,236 shares of common stock available to issue to its full-time employees, nearly all of whom are eligible to participate. Under the terms of the Purchase Plan, employees can choose each year to have up to 15% of their annual base earnings withheld to purchase the Company’s common stock. The Company grants options on January 1 and July 1 of each year during the term of the Purchase Plan. The purchase price of the stock is 85% of the lower of its price on the grant date or the exercise date. During fiscal 2011, approximately 40% of eligible employees participated in the Purchase Plan. Under the Purchase Plan, the Company issued 17,256, 18,657, and 19,735 shares to employees in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Compensation cost is recognized for the fair value of the employees’ purchase rights, which was estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

		December, 2011		December, 2011		December, 2011
	2011		2010		2009
Dividend Yield		2.86%		3.35%		6.00%
Expected Life (years)		0.50		0.50		0.50
Expected Volatility		25.58%		35.16%		49.36%
Risk-free Interest Rate		0.14%		0.19%		0.31%
Weighted Average Fair Value		$4.30		$3.96		$4.41

The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Purchase Plan was $74 thousand, $74 thousand, and $87 thousand for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

13.             INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

100

	2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands)
Current federal tax expense		$2,322		$2,852		$366
Current state tax expense		583		738		388
Total current tax expense		$2,905		$3,590		$754
Deferred federal tax benefit		$(167)		$(1,212)		$(1,082)
Deferred state tax benefit		(155)		(140)		(275)
Total deferred tax benefit		$(322)		$(1,352)		$(1,357)
Total income tax provision (benefit)		$2,583		$2,238		$(603)

The Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rates to income before income taxes. A reconciliation of the differences is as follows:

	2011				2010				2009
	Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
					(Dollars in thousands)
Tax provision at statutory rate		$2,956		34%		$2,406		34%		$36		34%
Decrease in taxes resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest income		(509)		(6)		(580)		(8)		(582)		(557)
Tax-exempt BOLI income*										(196)		(188)
Provision adjustment to tax* returns										(26)		(25)
Increase in taxes resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal benefit		282		3		394		6		74		71
Disallowed stock option expense*										48		46
Disallowed entertainment expense*										23		22
Disallowed club dues*										17		16
Other items, net		(146)		(1)		18		—		3		4
Income tax (benefit) provision		$2,583		30%		$2,238		32%		$(603)		(577%)

* Denotes items in which the tax effect of the reconciling difference represents greater than 5% of income before taxes in 2009, but less than 5% in 2011 and 2010.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows:

		$000.0		$000.0
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Pension premiums	$	2,385	$	1,769
Allowance for loan and lease losses		4,454		4,674
Non accrued interest		445		199
Deferred compensation		1,031		955
Stock options granted		114		119
Leases		137		125
Gross deferred tax assets	$	8,566	$	7,841
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	$	1,098	$	1,343
Prepaid expenses		308		179
Net unrealized gains on securities		1,599		513
Acquisition-related adjustments		151		210
Mortgage servicing asset		157		150
Gross deferred tax liabilities	$	3,313	$	2,395
Net deferred tax asset	$	5,253	$	5,446

101

The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is included in “other assets” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In assessing the ability of the Company to realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, availability of operating loss carry-backs, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, the opportunity for net operating loss carry-backs, and projections for future taxable income over the periods which deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2011, except for a valuation allowance of $178 thousand on the state net deferred tax asset for ENL of $178 thousand. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a $217 thousand valuation allowance on the state net deferred tax asset for ENL of $217 thousand. Management believes that ENL will not generate sufficient income to utilize any of the state net deferred tax assets of ENL. The Company files a consolidated federal tax return which enables it to use income from other subsidiaries to offset losses at ENL. ENL files its own state income tax returns for a majority of the states in which leases are domiciled.

A reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Balance at beginning of year		$313		$82		$-
Reclassification from deferred taxes for tax positions taken during a period		-		278		-
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period		-		-		82
Decrease due to the resolution of a prior year tax matter		(107)		-		-
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities		-		(47)		-
Balance at end of year		$206		$313		$82

The entire balance of unrecognized tax benefits is accrued in Other Liabilities on the Company’s statement of financial position and, if recognized, would favorably affect the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits balance could decrease by the full $206 thousand in 2012. Penalties and accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company accrued approximately $29 thousand of penalties and interest. Accrued penalties and interest still outstanding amounted to $78 and $80 thousand at December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

We are subject to routine audits of our tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and various state taxing authorities. During 2010, the Company concluded a New York State (“NYS”) audit covering 2005-2007 and an IRS audit covering 2006-2008. There were no material adverse findings in the audits. The tax years 2008-2010 for NYS and 2009-2010 for the IRS remain subject to examination. In addition, ENL is no longer subject to state income tax examinations by the majority of state tax authorities for all years before 2008.

14.             OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities at December 31 were as follows:

	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Retirement compensation liabilities (Pension and SERP plans)		$8,787		$7,025
Accounts payable		3,575		3,328
Security deposits on direct financing leases		264		559
Interest payable		264		554
Other		481		310
Total		$13,371		$11,776

102

15.     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Bank has entered into loan transactions with certain directors, significant shareholders and their affiliates (related parties) in the ordinary course of its business. The aggregate amount of loans to such related parties on December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $7.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively. During 2011, there were $5.1 million of advances and new loans to such related parties, and repayments amounted to $5.0 million. Terms of these loans have prevailing market pricing that would be offered to a similar customer base. Deposits from related parties were $3.8 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

16.     CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not reflect various commitments and contingent liabilities which arise in the normal course of business and which involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk. These commitments and contingent liabilities are commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. A summary of the Bank’s commitments and contingent liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit		$134,204		$161,285
Standby letters of credit		3,429		3,687
Total		$137,633		$164,972

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit all include exposure to some credit loss in the event of non-performance of the customer. The Bank’s credit policies and procedures for credit commitments and financial guarantees are the same as those for extensions of credit that are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Because these instruments have fixed maturity dates, and because they may expire without being drawn upon, they do not necessarily represent cash requirements to the Bank. The Bank has not incurred any losses on its commitments during the past three years and has not recorded a reserve for its commitments.

The Company has entered into contracts with third parties, some of which include indemnification clauses. Examples of such contracts include contracts with third party service providers, brokers and dealers, correspondent banks, and purchasers of residential mortgages. Additionally, the Company has bylaws, policies and agreements under which it agrees to indemnify its officers and directors from liability for certain events or occurrences while the directors or officers are, or were, serving at the Company’s request in such capacities. The Company indemnifies its officers and directors to the fullest extent allowed by law. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is unlimited, but would be affected by all relevant defenses to such claims, as well as directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, it is not possible to quantify the aggregate exposure to the Company resulting from them.

The Company is subject to possible litigation proceedings in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, there were no claims pending against the Company that management considered material.

The Company leases certain offices, land and equipment under long-term operating leases. The aggregate minimum annual rental commitments under these leases total approximately $554 thousand in 2012; $617 thousand in 2013; $608 thousand in 2014; $519 thousand in 2015; $522 thousand in 2016; and $5.1 million thereafter. The rental expense under operating leases contained in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income included $656 thousand, $652 thousand and $668 thousand in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

17.     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT

All of the Bank’s loans (except leases), commitments and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Bank’s primary market area, which is Western New York. Investments in state and municipal securities also involve governmental entities within the Bank’s primary market area. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 3 to these Consolidated Financial Statements, “Loans and Leases, Net.” The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. Standby letters of credit were granted primarily to

103

commercial borrowers. The Bank, as a matter of policy, does not extend credit to any single borrower or group in excess of 15% of capital.

18.     SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company is comprised of two primary business segments: banking activities and insurance agency activities. The operating segments are separately managed and their performance is evaluated based on net income. The banking business segment includes both commercial and consumer banking services, including a wide array of lending and depository services. The banking business segment also includes direct financing leasing of commercial small-ticket general business equipment. Origination of these leases has been discontinued, but the Company will continue to service the portfolio until maturity. The insurance agency segment includes the activities of selling various premium-based insurance policies on a commission basis, including business and personal insurance, surety bonds, risk management, life, disability and long-term care coverage, as well as providing claims adjusting services to various insurance companies and offering non-deposit investment products, such as annuities and mutual funds. All sources of segment specific revenues and expenses attributed to management’s definition of net income. Revenues from transactions between the two segments are not significant. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1 of these “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

The following table sets forth information regarding these segments for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

	2011
	Banking Activities		Insurance Agency Activities		Total
	(in thousands)
Net interest income (expense)		$26,107		$(119)		$25,988
Provision for loan and lease losses		2,484		-		2,484
Net interest income (expense) after     provision for loan and lease losses		23,623		(119)		23,504
Non-interest income		5,504		-		5,504
Insurance services and fees		-		6,902		6,902
Net gain on sales and calls of securities		26		-		26
Amortization expense		-		490		490
Other non-interest expense		21,858		4,893		26,751
Income before income taxes		7,295		1,400		8,695
Income tax provision		2,043		540		2,583
Net income		$5,252		$860		$6,112

104

	2010
	Banking Activities		Insurance Agency Activities		Total
	(in thousands)
Net interest income (expense)		$24,678		$(183)		$24,495
Provision for loan and lease losses		3,943		-		3,943
Net interest income (expense) after     provision for loan and lease losses		20,735		(183)		20,552
Non-interest income		5,634		-		5,634
Insurance services and fees		-		6,992		6,992
Net gain on sales and calls of securities		7		-		7
Amortization expense		365		535		900
Other non-interest expense		20,156		5,051		25,207
Income before income taxes		5,855		1,223		7,078
Income tax provision		1,766		472		2,238
Net income		$4,089		$751		$4,840

	2009
	Banking Activities		Insurance Agency Activities		Total
	(in thousands)
Net interest income (expense)		$22,731		$(137)		$22,594
Provision for loan and lease losses		10,500		-		10,500
Net interest income (expense) after     provision for loan and lease losses		12,231		(137)		12,094
Non-interest income		6,858		-		6,858
Insurance services and fees		-		7,191		7,191
Net gain on sales and calls of securities		18		-		18
Goodwill impairment		1,985		-		1,985
Amortization expense		365		565		930
Other non-interest expense		18,305		4,837		23,142
Income (loss) before income taxes		(1,548)		1,652		104
Income tax (benefit) provision		(1,241)		638		(603)
Net (loss) income		$(307)		$1,014		$707

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Identifiable Assets, Net		(in thousands)
Banking activities		$730,893		$660,604
Insurance agency activities		10,009		10,919
Consolidated Total Assets		$740,902		$671,523

19.             FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value is defined in ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

105

There are three levels of inputs to fair value measurements:

• Level 1 inputs are quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

• Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

• Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs.

Observable market data should be used when available.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS

The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels as defined in this footnote, those financial instruments which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
December 31, 2011
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government agencies		$-		$30,252		$-		$30,252
States and political subdivisions		-		32,326		-		32,326
Mortgage-backed securities		-		37,403		-		37,403
Mortgage servicing rights		-		-		407		407
December 31, 2010
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government agencies		$-		$23,644		$-		$23,644
States and political subdivisions		-		36,297		-		36,297
Mortgage-backed securities		-		27,481		-		27,481
Mortgage servicing rights		-		-		388		388

Securities available for sale

Fair values for securities are determined using independent pricing services and market-participating brokers. The Company’s independent pricing service is Interactive Data. Interactive Data utilizes evaluated pricing models that vary by asset class and incorporate available trade, bid and other market information for structured securities, cash flow and, when available, loan performance data. Because many fixed income securities do not trade on a daily basis, Interactive Data’s evaluated pricing applications apply information as applicable through processes, such as benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing, to prepare evaluations. In addition, Interactive Data uses model processes, such as the Option Adjusted Spread model, to assess interest rate impact and develop prepayment scenarios. The models and the process take into account market convention. For each asset class, a team of evaluators gathers information from market sources and integrates relevant credit information, perceived market movements and sector news into the evaluated pricing applications and models. Interactive Data, at times, may determine that it does have not sufficient verifiable information to value a particular security. In these cases the Company will utilize valuations from another pricing service.

Management believes that it has a sufficient understanding of the third party service’s valuation models, assumptions and inputs used in determining the fair value of securities to enable management to maintain an appropriate system of internal control. On a quarterly basis the Company reviews changes, as submitted by Interactive Data, in the market value of its security portfolio. Individual changes in valuations are reviewed for consistency with general interest rate movements and any known credit concerns for specific securities. Additionally, on an annual basis the Company has its entire security portfolio priced by a second pricing service to determine consistency with another market evaluator. If, on the Company’s review or in comparing with another servicer, a material difference between pricing evaluations were to exist, the Company may submit an inquiry to Interactive Data regarding the data used to value a particular security. If the Company determines it has market information that would support a different valuation than Interactive Data’s evaluation it can submit a challenge for a change to that security’s valuation. There were no material differences in valuations noted in 2011.

Securities available for sale are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as the valuation provided by the third-party provider uses observable market data.

106

Mortgage servicing rights

Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the Company obtains the fair value of the MSRs using a third-party pricing provider. The provider determines the fair value by discounting projected net servicing cash flows of the remaining servicing portfolio. The valuation model used by the provider considers market loan prepayment predictions and other economic factors. The fair value of MSRs is mostly affected by changes in mortgage interest rates since rate changes cause the loan prepayment acceleration factors to increase or decrease. All assumptions are market driven. Management has a sufficient understanding of the third party service’s valuation models, assumptions and inputs used in determining the fair value of MSRs to enable management to maintain an appropriate system of internal control. Mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation is model driven and primarily based on unobservable inputs.

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value for items measured at fair value (Level 3) on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs during the year ended December 31, 2011:

Mortgage servicing rights – December 31, 2010	$388
Gains (losses) included in earnings	(162)
Additions from loan sales	181
Mortgage servicing rights – December 31, 2011	$407

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A NONRECURRING BASIS

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of certain assets or provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value measurements. The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels as defined in this footnote, those financial instruments which are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
December 31, 2011 Impaired loans		$-		$-		$10,311		$10,311
December 31, 2010 Impaired loans		$-		$-		$7,787		$7,787

Impaired loans

The Company evaluates and values impaired loans at the time the loan is identified as impaired, and the fair values of such loans are estimated using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Fair value is estimated based on the value of the collateral securing these loans. Collateral may consist of real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable and the value of these assets is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Company. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, estimated costs to sell, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. The Company has an appraisal policy in which appraisals are obtained upon a loan being downgraded on the Company internal loan rating scale to a 5 (special mention) or a 6 (substandard) depending on the amount of the loan, the type of loan and the type of collateral. All impaired loans are either graded a 6 or 7 on the internal loan rating scale. Subsequent to the downgrade, if the loan remains outstanding and impaired for at least one year more, management may require another follow-up appraisal. Between receipts of updated appraisals, if necessary, management may perform an internal valuation based on any known changing conditions in the marketplace such as sales of similar properties, a change in the condition of the collateral, or feedback from local appraisers. Impaired loans had a gross value of $11.9 million, with a valuation allowance of $1.6 million, at December 31, 2011, compared to a gross value for loans and leases of $9.3 million, with a valuation allowance of $1.5 million, at December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, including those that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis, were as follows:

107

	2011				2010
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
	(in thousands)				(in thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	14,678	$	14,678	$13,722		$	13,722
Available for sale securities		99,981		99,981	87,422			87,422
Held to maturity securities		3,802		3,811	2,140			2,130
FHLB and FRB stock		3,255		3,255	3,770			3,770
Loans and leases, net		571,910		602,534	517,554			535,338
Mortgage servicing rights		407		407	388			388
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	616,203	$	619,402	$544,457		$	544,889
Borrowed funds and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		31,010		31,998	40,896			41,710
Junior Subordinated Debentures		11,330		11,330	11,330			11,330
Commitments to extend credit		161		161		120		120

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. “Cash and Cash Equivalents” includes cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits at other banks.

Securities Held to Maturity

The Company holds certain municipal bonds as held-to-maturity. These bonds are generally small in dollar amount and are issued only by certain local municipalities within the Company’s market area. The original terms are negotiated directly and on an individual basis consistent with our loan and credit guidelines. These bonds are not traded on the open market and management intends to hold the bonds to maturity. The fair value of held-to-maturity securities is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar agreements would be made with municipalities with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

FHLB and FRB stock

The carrying value of FHLB and FRB stock approximate fair value.

Loans Receivable

The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities, net of the appropriate portion of the allowance for loan losses. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. This fair value calculation is not necessarily indicative of the exit price, as defined in ASC Topic 820.

Deposits

The fair value of demand deposits, NOW accounts, muni-vest accounts and regular savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowed Funds and Securities Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase

The fair value of the short-term portion of other borrowed funds approximates its carrying value. The fair value of the long-term portion of other borrowed funds is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

108

Junior Subordinated Debentures

The carrying amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to the fact that they bear a floating interest rate that adjusts on a quarterly basis.

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit

As described in Note 16 - “Contingent Liabilities and Commitments” to these Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company was a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Such financial instruments consist of commitments to extend permanent financing and letters of credit. If the options are exercised by the prospective borrowers, these financial instruments will become interest-earning assets of the Company. If the options expire, the Company retains any fees paid by the counterparty in order to obtain the commitment or guarantee. The fees collected for these commitments are recorded as “unearned commitment fees” in Other Liabilities. The carrying value approximates the fair value.

Pension Plan Assets

Refer to Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Employee Benefits and Deferred Compensation Plans” for the fair value analysis of the Pension Plan assets, including the transfer of the assets from Level 2 to Level 1 during 2011.

20. REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is subject to the dividend restrictions set forth by the FRB and the OCC. Under such restrictions, the Company may not, without the prior approval of the FRB and the OCC, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings (as defined in FRB regulations) plus the retained earnings (as defined in FRB regulations) from the prior two years.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table that follows) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in FRB regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in FRB regulations), and of Tier I capital (as defined in FRB regulations) to average assets (as defined in FRB regulations). Management believes as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

The most recent notification from its regulators categorized the Company and the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Company’s or Bank’s category rating.

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios were as follows:

		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000
	December 31, 2011
	(dollars in thousands)
	Company				Bank				Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes				Minimum to be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)		$78,173		14.0%		$75,050		13.5%		$44,575		8.0%		$55,719		10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)		$71,152		12.8%		$68,043		12.2%		$22,288		4.0%		$33,431		6.0%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$71,152		9.7%		$68,043		9.3%		$29,309		4.0%		$36,637		5.0%

109

		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000		0000000000
	December 31, 2010
	(dollars in thousands)
	Company				Bank				Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes				Minimum to be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)		$71,889		14.3%		$70,110		14.0%		$40,186		8.0%		$50,233		10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)		$65,559		13.1%		$63,797		12.7%		$20,093		4.0%		$30,140		6.0%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$65,559		9.9%		$63,797		9.7%		$26,405		4.0%		$33,006		5.0%

Dividends are paid as declared by the Board of Directors. The Company may pay dividends only if it is solvent and would not be rendered insolvent by the dividend payment and only from unrestricted and unreserved earned surplus and under some circumstances capital surplus. The Bank’s dividend restrictions apply indirectly to the Company since cash available for dividend distribution will initially come from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.

Dividends may be paid by the Bank only if it would not impair the Bank’s capital structure, if the Bank’s surplus is at least equal to its common capital and if the dividends declared in any year do not exceed the total of net profits in that year combined with undivided profits of the preceding two years less any required transfers to surplus, and if no losses have been sustained equal to or exceeding its undivided profits.

In addition, federal regulators have the ability to restrict dividend payments. If the Bank or the Company approaches well-capitalized or minimum capital adequacy levels, regulators could restrict or forbid dividend payments.

21.             PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Parent company (Evans Bancorp, Inc.) only condensed financial information is as follows:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2011		2010
	(in thousands)
ASSETS
Cash	$	2,026	$	1,332
Other assets		731		748
Investment in subsidiaries		78,956		73,494
Total assets	$	81,713	$	75,574
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Junior subordinated debentures	$	11,330	$	11,330
Other liabilities		1,395		1,180
Total liabilities		12,725		12,510
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Total Stockholders’ Equity	$	68,988	$	63,064
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	81,713	$	75,574

110

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands)
Dividends from subsidiaries	$	3,500	$	1,292	$	5,700
Expenses		(1,310)		(2,716)		(1,358)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		2,190		(1,424)		4,342
Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries		3,922		6,264		(3,635)
Net income	$	6,112	$	4,840	$	707

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended
	2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands)
Operating Activities:
Net income	$	6,112	$	4,840	$	707
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Undistributed (earnings) loss of subsidiaries		(3,922)		(6,264)		3,635
Changes in assets and liabilities affecting cash flow:
Other assets		(17)		(406)		—
Other liabilities		157		1,136		—
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		2,330		(694)		4,342
Investing Activities:
Investment in subsidiaries		—		(13,711)		—
Net cash used in investing activities		—		(13,711)		—
Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—		13,609		—
Cash dividends paid, net		(1,636)		(1,379)		(1,420)
Purchase of Treasury stock		—		—		(27)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(1,636)		12,230		(1,447)
Net increase (decrease) in cash		694		(2,175)		2,895
Cash beginning of year		1,332		3,507		612
Cash ending of year	$	2,026	$	1,332	$	3,507

111

22. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA - UNAUDITED

(in thousands, except per share data)	4th Quarter		3rd Quarter		2nd Quarter		1st Quarter
2011
Interest income	$	8,518	$	8,169	$	8,015	$	8,013
Interest expense		1,627		1,655		1,728		1,716
Net interest income		6,891		6,514		6,287		6,297
Net income		1,338		1,926		972		1,875
Earnings per share basic		0.33		0.47		0.24		0.46
Earnings per share diluted		0.33		0.47		0.24		0.46
2010
Interest income	$	7,844	$	7,992	$	7,836	$	7,746
Interest expense		1,759		1,759		1,737		1,668
Net interest income		6,085		6,233		6,099		6,078
Net income		484		1,278		1,631		1,447
Earnings per share basic		0.12		0.31		0.47		0.51
Earnings per share diluted		0.12		0.31		0.47		0.51

Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2011 (the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K). Based on that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appears at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 9A.

(c) Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears in the “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” at page 58, “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 9A.

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. No changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting were identified in the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

NONE

112

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under the captions, “Information Regarding Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Board of Director Committees” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2012 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 26, 2012 (the “Proxy Statement”).

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement.

The material incorporated herein by reference to the material under the caption, “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information called for by this item as to beneficial ownership is incorporated herein by reference to the material under the caption “General Information - Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners “ in the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTORINDEPENDENCE

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under the captions “Information Regarding Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers” and “Transactions with Related Persons” in the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.

113

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as a part of this Report on Form 10-K:

1. Financial statements: The following audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the material under the caption “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” on pages 58 and 59 in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (internal control over financial reporting)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (consolidated financial statements)

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Income -Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity -Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow - Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3. Exhibits

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit Index included immediately following the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

114

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:

EVANS BANCORP, INC.
By:	/s/ David J. Nasca
	David J. Nasca,
	President and Chief Executive Officer
	Date: March 6, 2012

115

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, David J. Nasca and Gary A. Kajtoch and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him, and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with Exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ David J. Nasca	President and Chief Executive Officer/Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 6, 2012
David J. Nasca
/s/ Gary A. Kajtoch
Gary A. Kajtoch	Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	March 6, 2012
/s/ Nicholas J. Snyder	Principal Accounting Officer	March 6, 2012
Nicholas J. Snyder
/s/ Phillip Brothman	Chairman of the Board/Director	March 6, 2012
Phillip Brothman
/s/ John R. O’Brien	Vice Chairman of the Board/Director	March 6, 2012
John R. O’Brien
/s/ James E. Biddle, Jr.	Director	March 6, 2012
James E. Biddle, Jr.
	Director
Marsha S. Henderson
/s/ Kenneth C. Kirst	Director	March 6, 2012
Kenneth C. Kirst
/s/ Robert G. Miller, Jr.	Director	March 6, 2012
Robert G. Miller, Jr.
/s/ Michael J. Rogers	Director	March 6, 2012
Michael J. Rogers
	Director
James Tilley
/s/ Nancy W. Ware	Director	March 6, 2012
Nancy W. Ware
/s/ Thomas H. Waring, Jr.	Director	March 6, 2012
Thomas H. Waring, Jr.
/s/ Lee C. Wortham	Director	March 6, 2012
Lee C. Wortham

116

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
2.1	Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of July 24, 2009, by and among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Waterford Village Bank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and Evans Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2009).
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3a to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 33-25321), as filed on November 7, 1988).
3.1.1	Certificate of Amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1997, as filed on May 14, 1997).
3.2	Bylaws of the Company as amended through August 18, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 21, 2009).
4.1	Indenture between the Company, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004).
4.2	Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security due 2034 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004).
4.3	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Evans Capital Trust I, dated as of October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004).
4.4	Guarantee Agreement of the Company, dated as of October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004).
10.1	Evans Bancorp, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-166264), as filed on April 23, 2010).
10.2*	Evans Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-106655), as filed on June 30, 2003).
10.3*	Evans Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 18, 2004).
10.4*	Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, as filed on April 1, 2009).
10.5*	Specimen 1984 Director Deferred Compensation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10 (Registration No. 0-18539), as filed on April 30, 1990).
10.6*	Specimen 1989 Director Deferred Compensation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10 (Registration No. 0-18539), as filed on April 30, 1990).
10.7*	Summary of Provisions of Director Deferred Compensation Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10 (Registration No. 0-18539), as filed on April 30, 1990).
10.8*	Evans National Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers and Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 18, 2004).
10.9*	Form of Deferred Compensation Participatory Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed on March 28, 2005).
10.10*	Evans National Bank Executive Life Insurance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 as filed on March 18, 2004).
10.11*	Form of Executive Life Insurance Split-Dollar Endorsement Participatory Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed on March 28, 2005).
10.12*	First Amendment to the Evans National Bank Executive Life Insurance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, as filed on August 14, 2007).

117

10.13*	Evans National Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 18, 2004).
10.14*	Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Participatory Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed on March 28, 2005).
10.15*	Amendment No. 1 to Evans Bank, N.A. Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan with respect to William R. Glass, executed by Evans Bank, N.A. on October 16, 2009, and effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 22, 2009).
10.16*	Summary of Evans Excels Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2008, as filed on August 13, 2008).
10.17*	Evans Bank, N.A. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 14, 2010).
10.18*	Employment Agreement by and among Evans Bank, N.A., the Company and William R. Glass, executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank on October 1, 2010 and effective as of October 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, as filed on March 4, 2011).
10.19*	Restricted Stock Award Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Directors under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2010, as filed on August 4, 2010).
10.20*	Employment Agreement by and among Evans Bank, N.A., the Company and Gary A. Kajtoch, executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank on October 6, 2009 and effective as of September 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 13, 2009).
10.21*	Stock Option Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Directors under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2010, as filed on August 4, 2010).
10.22*	Employment Agreement by and among The Evans Agency, Inc., Evans Bancorp, Inc. and Robert G. Miller, Jr., executed and delivered by the Company and TEA on October 22, 2009, and effective as of October 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 28, 2009).
10.23*	Restricted Stock Award Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Employees under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2010, as filed on August 4, 2010).
10.24*	Employment Agreement by and among Evans Bank, N.A., the Company and David J. Nasca, executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank on September 14, 2009 and effective as of September 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on September 17, 2009).
10.25*	Stock Option Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Employees under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit　10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2010, as filed on August 4, 2010).
10.26*	Letter Agreement Regarding Insurance Coverage for James Tilley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, as filed on August 14, 2007).
10.27*	Employment Agreement by and among Evans Bank, N.A., the Company and Cynthia M. Rich, executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank on September 30, 2009 and effective as of September 30, 2009 (filed herewith).
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company (filed herewith).
23.1	Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent from KPMG LLP (filed herewith).
24	Power of Attorney (included on Page 116 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

118

32.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350 Chapter 63 of Title18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
32.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350 Chapter 63 of Title18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
101	The following materials from Evans Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2011 and 2010; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income – years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity – years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.**

*Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

119